Document:

Exhibit 10.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED ADDENDUM NO. 5 TO LEASE

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED ADDENDUM NO. 5 TO LEASE (“Addendum No. 5”) is dated as of June 30, 2015, by and between 1201 F STREET, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Lessor”) (successor in interest to 1201 F Street L.L.C.), and CRA INTERNATIONAL, INC., formerly known as Charles River Associates Incorporated, a Massachusetts corporation (“Lessee”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, by Lease dated November 29, 1999 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by Addendum No. 1 dated as of December 2, 1999, Addendum No. 2 dated as of September 22, 2000, Addendum No. 3 dated as of November 18, 2005, and Addendum No. 4 dated as of December 1, 2009 (collectively, the “Lease”), Lessor leased to Lessee and Lessee leased from Lessor, approximately thirty-six thousand six hundred (36,600) square feet of rentable area on the seventh (7th) and eighth (8th) floors of the office building located at 1201 F Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20004 (such area being hereinafter referred to as the “Demised Premises,” and the building being hereinafter referred to as the “Building”) and approximately five hundred seventy (570) square feet of storage space in the Building (such area being hereinafter referred to as the “Storage Space”);

 

WHEREAS, Lessee has requested that the Lease be terminated with regard to a portion of the Demised Premises located on the seventh (7th) floor of the Building (the “Additional Give-Back Premises”), which Additional Give-Back Premises is identified as area “B” on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, and with respect to a portion of the Storage Space (the “Give-Back Storage Space”), which Give-Back Storage Space is identified on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto and made a part hereof, and Lessor, upon receipt of Lessee’s request, has agreed to the requested termination of the Lease with regard to the Additional Give-Back Premises and the Give-Back Storage Space upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth in the body of this Addendum No. 5;

 

WHEREAS, the term of the Lease (the “Current Term”) currently is scheduled to expire on October 31, 2015, and Lessee has requested that the term of the Lease be extended for an additional period of twelve (12) years (the “Addendum No. 5 Extension Term,” and with the Current Term, the “Lease Term”);

 

WHEREAS, Lessee has accepted Lessor’s proposed terms and conditions with respect to the Addendum No. 5 Extension Term and the surrender of the Additional Give-Back Premises and the Give-Back Storage Space;

 

WHEREAS, unless otherwise provided herein, all terms used in this Addendum No. 5 that are defined in the Lease shall have the meanings provided for in the Lease; and

 

WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee desire to formally reflect their understandings and agreements with respect to the foregoing and as to certain other matters, and therefore to revise and modify the Lease accordingly, with respect to the following provisions:

 

1.                                      Method of Measurement

2.                                      Partial Surrender

 

 

3.                                      Demised Premises

4.                                      Swing Space

5.                                      Addendum No. 5 Extension Term

6.                                      Security Deposit

7.                                      Condition

8.                                      Addendum No. 5 Hold Space

9.                                      Addendum No. 5 Option Space

10.                               Addendum No. 5 Right of Opportunity

11.                               Second Extension Term

12.                               Parking

13.                               Compliance with Laws

14.                               Storage Space

15.                               Amendment and Restatement

16.                               Lender Approval

17.                               Broker and Agent

18.                               Exculpation

19.                               Confidentiality

20.                               Other Terms and Provisions

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                   METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

 

(A)                               The parties acknowledge and agree that the Building and the Demised Premises have been remeasured in accordance with a modified version of BOMA.  Based thereon, the Building contains 223,302 rentable square feet of office area and 14,475 rentable square feet of retail area.

 

(B)                               Unless and until the Lease (as amended hereby) is extended for the Second Extension Term (as modified hereby), Lessee’s obligations under the Lease for the remainder of the Lease Term (i.e., until October 31, 2027, or, if applicable, the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Extension Period, as hereinafter defined) with respect to the Demised Premises not inclusive of the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space (as hereinafter defined), the Addendum No. 5 Option Space (as hereinafter defined) or any Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space (as hereinafter defined) that are based on square footage amounts shall not be adjusted to reflect any subsequent remeasurement and, instead, will continue to reflect the measurement of the Demised Premises set forth in this Addendum No. 5.

 

2.                   PARTIAL SURRENDER

 

(A)                               Subject to the exercise by Lessee of the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option (as hereinafter defined), Addendum No. 5 Option Space Option (as hereinafter defined) and/or Addendum No. 5 Right of Opportunity (as hereinafter defined), the Lease shall be and is hereby irrevocably terminated as to the Additional Give-Back Premises effective as of 11:59 p.m. on the date (the “Addendum No. 5 Partial Termination Date”) that is the earlier to occur of (i) October 31, 2015, and (ii) the 7th Floor Vacation Date (as hereinafter defined).  The Lease shall be and is hereby irrevocably terminated as to the Give-Back Storage Space effective as of 11:59 p.m. on October 31, 2015 (the “Give-Back Storage Space Termination Date”).  The

 

2

 

Lease shall be deemed to be of no further force and effect with regard to the Additional Give-Back Premises effective as of the Addendum No. 5 Partial Termination Date and the Give-Back Storage Space effective as of the Give-Back Storage Space Termination Date, subject to conditions otherwise set forth herein.  Lessor and Lessee, as of the Addendum No. 5 Partial Termination Date with respect to the Additional Give-Back Premises and the Give-Back Storage Space Termination Date with respect to the Give-Back Storage Space, shall be and are hereby equally released and discharged from any obligations to observe the terms and conditions of the Lease with regard to the Additional Give-Back Premises and the Give-Back Storage Space; provided, however, that both parties shall comply with the conditions otherwise set forth herein, and Lessee shall remain fully obligated with regard to the Additional Give-Back Premises and the Give-Back Storage Space for all rent and other charges incurred through the Addendum No. 5 Partial Termination Date (including amounts with respect thereto billed subsequent to such date) with respect to the Additional Give-Back Premises and the Give-Back Storage Space Termination Date (including amounts with respect thereto billed subsequent to such date) with respect to the Give-Back Storage Space, all under the terms of the Lease and Lessor shall remain obligated with respect to the terms and conditions of the Lease which expressly survive expiration of the Lease, such as year end reconciliation of Operating Expenses, Operating Costs and Real Estate Taxes, as provided in Section 6 of the Original Lease, as amended by Section 3 of Addendum No. 2, Section 5 of Addendum No. 3 and Section 3 of Addendum No. 4.

 

(B)                               The Lease with regard to the Additional Give-Back Premises and the Give-Back Storage Space shall terminate without payment of damages, expenses, penalty, or any other compensation or consideration from Lessor to Lessee.

 

(C)                               On or before the Addendum No. 5 Partial Termination Date, Lessee shall deliver the Additional Give-Back Premises to Lessor and, on or before the Give-Back Storage Space Termination Date, Lessee shall deliver the Give-Back Storage Space to Lessor, in both cases in “as is,” broom clean condition, and free and clear of all tenancies and occupancies, whether by lease, sublease or otherwise, with no obligation to remove any Alterations or other improvements to the Additional Give-Back Premises and Give-Back Storage Space.

 

3.                   DEMISED PREMISES

 

(A)                               Following the Addendum No. 5 Partial Termination Date, the Lease with regard to the remainder of the Demised Premises shall remain in full force and effect for the remainder of the Lease Term, including any further extension terms provided herein, and shall remain unmodified, except as specifically provided for herein.

 

(B)                               From and after the Addendum No. 5 Partial Termination Date, but subject to the exercise by Lessee of the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option, Addendum No. 5 Option Space Option, Addendum No. 5 Right of Opportunity and/or Second Extension Option, the Demised Premises shall be deemed to contain 33,258 rentable square feet.

 

(C)                               From and after the day immediately following the Addendum No. 5 Partial Termination Date, all of Lessee’s obligations under the Lease with respect to its payments of its proportionate share of Operating Expenses, Operating Costs and Real Estate Taxes (as provided in Section 6 of the Original Lease, as amended by Section 3 of Addendum No. 2, Section 5 of Addendum No. 3 and Section 3 of Addendum No. 4) shall continue unchanged (subject to Section 4(C) below); provided that as a result of Lessee being released from payment of rent for

 

3

 

the Additional Give-Back Premises after the Addendum No. 5 Partial Termination Date, (i) Lessee’s proportionate share of Operating Expenses shall be 13.99%; (ii) Lessee’s proportionate share of Operating Costs shall be 14.89%; and (iii) Lessee’s proportionate share of Real Estate Taxes shall be 13.99%.

 

(D)                               The term “Re-Included Space” shall mean the portion of the Demised Premises (as modified hereby) containing approximately 4,233 rentable square feet on the seventh (7th) floor of the Building and identified as area “Ae” on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto.  The term “Remainder Demised Premises” shall mean the Demised Premises (as modified hereby) less and except the Re-Included Space.

 

4.                   SWING SPACE

 

(A)                               The term “Swing Space” shall mean approximately 7,292 rentable square feet located on the sixth (6th) floor of the Building.  The Swing Space is more particularly described on Exhibit A-3 attached hereto.

 

(B)                               If Lessee elects by written notice to Lessor, Lessor shall grant Lessee a license to occupy the Swing Space during the period commencing on the date (the “Swing Space Commencement Date”) that is the later of (i) three (3) business days after Lessor’s receipt of such notice and (ii) February 1, 2015, and expiring on November 30, 2015 (subject to possible extension pursuant to Section 7 below, the “Swing Space Expiration Date”) or such earlier date on which Lessee relocates from the Swing Space to the Demised Premises for the conduct of its business.  For each calendar month or portion thereof during the term of such license, Lessee shall pay a license fee with respect to the Swing Space that is equal (on a per-rentable-square-foot-basis) to the Monthly Rent and payments on account of Operating Expenses, Operating Costs and Real Estate Taxes that are then applicable to the Demised Premises (without regard to any abatement that may be applicable thereto).  The term “Swing Space Non-Premium Holdover Expiration Date” shall mean the date that is thirty (30) days after Lessor notifies Lessee that Lessor has relet the Swing Space, or, if later, the date that is identified in such notice as the date on which Lessor requires possession of the Swing Space in connection with such reletting; provided, however, that in no event shall the Swing Space Non-Premium Holdover Expiration Date occur prior to the Swing Space Expiration Date.  If Lessee holds over with respect to the Swing Space, then (x) during the period, if any, commencing on the day after the Swing Space Expiration Date and expiring on the Swing Space Non-Premium Holdover Expiration Date, the holdover rent with respect to the Swing Space shall be the same as the license fee in effect immediately prior to the Swing Space Expiration Date, and (y) if Lessee fails to surrender the Swing Space on or before the Swing Space Non-Premium Holdover Expiration Date, then holdover rent shall be payable with respect to the Swing Space, calculated as more particularly set forth in the Lease; provided, however, that if Lessee surrenders the Swing Space within thirty (30) days after the Swing Space Non-Premium Holdover Expiration Date, then Lessee shall not be liable for consequential damages in connection with such holdover.  Lessee shall provide reasonable prior notice before commencing or ceasing physical occupancy of any portion of the Swing Space.

 

(C)                               Lessee shall accept the Swing Space in its “as is” condition as of the Swing Space Commencement Date, except, however base Building systems serving the Swing Space shall be in good working order.  Lessor shall not be obligated to provide any Alterations to or for such Swing Space.  Lessor shall furnish such services and utilities to the Swing Space as are furnished

 

4

 

to the Demised Premises.  On or before the expiration or earlier termination of the term of the license with respect to the Swing Space, Lessee shall remove all Alterations (but not including any wiring or cabling, other than wiring and cabling located outside the Swing Space to connect the same to the Demised Premises and/or the Additional Give-Back Premises, it being understood that Lessee’s failure timely to remove such wiring and cabling shall not, in and of itself, constitute a holdover with respect to the Swing Space) installed in the Swing Space by or through Lessee and return the same broom clean and free of debris.  Except as otherwise specified in this Section, all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of the Lease shall apply to the Swing Space as if the Swing Space constituted a portion of the Demised Premises.

 

(D)                               If Lessee elects by written notice to Lessor prior to September 30, 2015, Lessor shall grant Lessee a license to occupy the Additional Give-Back Premises during the period (if any) commencing on November 1, 2015 (the “Give-Back Swing Space Commencement Date”), and expiring thirty (30) days after Lessor notifies Lessee that Lessor has relet the Additional Give-Back Premises, or, if later, expiring on the date identified in such notice as the date on which Lessor requires possession of the Additional Give-Back Premises in connection with such reletting (the “Give-Back Swing Space Expiration Date”), or such earlier date on which Lessee relocates from the Additional Give-Back Premises to the Demised Premises for the conduct of its business.  Except as expressly set forth in this Section 4(D), all of the terms and conditions applicable to the Swing Space (including the license fee applicable thereto on a per-rentable-square-foot-basis) shall apply to the Additional Give-Back Premises during the period commencing on the Give-Back Swing Space Commencement Date and expiring on the Give-Back Swing Space Expiration Date.

 

(E)                                It is Lessee’s intent to vacate the 8th floor of the Demised Premises and relocate to the Swing Space for purposes of performing Leasehold Improvements on the 8th floor of the Demised Premises.  The date Lessee so vacates the 8th floor of the Demised Premises is herein referred to as the “8th Floor Vacation Date”.  It is then the intent of Lessee to relocate from the 7th floor of the Demised Premises to the 8th floor of the Demised Premises once the 8th floor of the Demised Premises are sufficiently complete for the conduct of Lessee’s business in order to construct Leasehold Improvements on the 7th floor of the Demised Premises.  The date Lessee so vacates the 7th floor of the Demised Premises is herein referred to as the “7th Floor Vacation Date”.  Once the Leasehold Improvements on the 7th floor of the Demised Premises are sufficiently complete, it is the intent of Lessee to relocate from the Swing Space to the 7th floor of the Demised Premises.  It is Lessee’s intent to complete all such Leasehold Improvements and, accordingly, vacate the Swing Space on or before November 30, 2015.  As more fully provided in Section 4(B) above, such date is referred to as the Swing Space Expiration Date.  The period commencing on the 8th Floor Vacation Date and ending on the 7th Floor Vacation Date is here in referred to as the “8th Floor Construction Period” and the period commencing on the 7th Floor Vacation Date and ending on the Swing Space Expiration Date is herein referred to as the “7th Floor Construction Period”.

 

5.                   ADDENDUM NO. 5 EXTENSION TERM

 

(A)                               The Addendum No. 5 Extension Term shall commence on November 1, 2015 (the “Addendum No. 5 Extension Term Commencement Date”), and shall expire on October 31, 2027 (the “Addendum No. 5 Extension Term Expiration Date”); provided, however, that if Lessee extends the Lessee Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option Notice Deadline (as hereinafter

 

5

 

defined) for one (1), two (2) or three (3) months, then the Addendum No. 5 Extension Term Expiration Date shall be November 30, 2027 (and the Addendum No. 5 Extension Term shall be extended accordingly), and if Lessee extends the Lessee Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option Notice Deadline for four (4), five (5) or six (6) months, then the Addendum No. 5 Extension Term Expiration Date shall be December 31, 2027 (and the Addendum No. 5 Extension Term shall be extended accordingly).  If the Addendum No. 5 Extension Term Expiration Date is so extended, then the period commencing on November 1, 2027, and expiring on the Addendum No. 5 Extension Term Expiration Date (as so extended) shall be known as the “Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Extension Period.”

 

(B)                               The Monthly Rent during the Addendum No. 5 Extension Term (the “Addendum No. 5 Extension Term Monthly Rent”) shall commence to be due and owing on November 1, 2015, and shall be as follows:

 

	
Period
    	
 
    	
Addendum No. 5
   Extension Term
   Monthly Rent
    	
 
    	
Annual Amount
   Per Square Foot
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2015 – October 31, 2016
    	
 
    	
$
    	
110,860.00
    	
 
    	
$
    	
40.00
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2016 – October 31, 2017
    	
 
    	
$
    	
113,354.35
    	
 
    	
$
    	
40.90
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2017 – October 31, 2018
    	
 
    	
$
    	
115,904.13
    	
 
    	
$
    	
41.82
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2018 – October 31, 2019
    	
 
    	
$
    	
118,509.34
    	
 
    	
$
    	
42.76
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2019 – October 31, 2020
    	
 
    	
$
    	
121,169.98
    	
 
    	
$
    	
43.72
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2020 – October 31, 2021
    	
 
    	
$
    	
127,267.28
    	
 
    	
$
    	
45.92
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2021 – October 31, 2022
    	
 
    	
$
    	
130,121.93
    	
 
    	
$
    	
46.95
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2022 – October 31, 2023
    	
 
    	
$
    	
133,059.72
    	
 
    	
$
    	
48.01
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2023 – October 31, 2024
    	
 
    	
$
    	
136,052.94
    	
 
    	
$
    	
49.09
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2024 – October 31, 2025
    	
 
    	
$
    	
139,101.59
    	
 
    	
$
    	
50.19
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2025 – October 31, 2026
    	
 
    	
$
    	
142,233.38
    	
 
    	
$
    	
51.32
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2026 – October 31, 2027
    	
 
    	
$
    	
145,420.61
    	
 
    	
$
    	
52.47
    	
 
    
	
Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Extension Period
   (if applicable)
    	
 
    	
$
    	
148,690.98
    	
 
    	
$
    	
53.65
    	
 
    

 

The Addendum No. 5 Extension Term Monthly Rent shall be payable in accordance with the provisions for the payment of Monthly Rent under Section 4 of the Lease.  Except as provided below and specifically provided elsewhere in the Lease, no abatement or other concession whatsoever shall apply to the Addendum No. 5 Extension Term Monthly Rent.  The foregoing notwithstanding, Lessor agrees to abate and forgive First Extension Term Monthly Rent (and, if necessary to exhaust such abatement, Addendum No. 5 Extension Term Monthly Rent) and Lessee’s payments of its proportionate share of Operating Expenses, Operating Costs and Real Estate Taxes in an aggregate amount equal to Two Million Three Hundred Thirty-Two Thousand Nine Hundred Seventy and 73/100 Dollars ($2,332,970.73), which abatement is to be applied to the payments of First Extension Term Monthly Rent (and, if necessary to exhaust such abatement, Addendum No. 5 Extension Term Monthly Rent) and Lessee’s proportionate share of Operating Expenses, Operating Costs and Real Estate Taxes first coming due from and after January 1, 2015, until such abatement is exhausted.

 

(C)                               From and after November 1, 2015, all of Lessee’s obligations with respect to its

 

6

 

payments of its proportionate share of Operating Expenses, Operating Costs and Real Estate Taxes (as provided in Section 6 of the Original Lease, as amended by Section 3 of Addendum No. 2, Section 5 of Addendum No. 3, Section 3 of Addendum No. 4 and Section 3(D) of this Addendum No. 5) shall continue unchanged (subject to the modification of Lessee’s proportionate share of Operating Expenses, Operating Costs and Real Estate Taxes effected by Section 3(C) above and application of the abatement set forth in Section 5(B) above).

 

(D)                               In addition to the foregoing abatement, all Monthly Rent and Lessee’s proportionate share of Operating Expense, Operating Costs and Real Estate Taxes shall abate (i) for the 8th floor of the Demised Premises during the 8th Floor Construction Period and (ii) for the 7th floor of the Demised Premises during the 7th Floor Construction Period.

 

6.                   SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

If no default by Lessee then exists beyond any applicable notice and cure period and Lessee complies with the provisions of this Section, on November 1, 2019, the amount of the Addendum No. 4 Letter of Credit or cash security shall be reduced to One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00).  The security shall be reduced as follows: (A) if the security is in the form of cash, Lessor shall, within ten (10) business days following notice by Lessee to Lessor that Lessee is entitled to reduce the security pursuant to this Section, deliver to Lessee the amount by which the cash security is reduced, or (B) if the security is in the form of the Addendum No. 4 Letter of Credit, Lessee shall deliver to Lessor a consent to an amendment to the Addendum No. 4 Letter of Credit (which amendment must be reasonably acceptable to Lessor in all respects), reducing the amount of the Addendum No. 4 Letter of Credit by the amount of the permitted reduction, and Lessor shall execute such consent and such other documents as are reasonably necessary to reduce the amount of the Addendum No. 4 Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof.  If Lessee delivers to Lessor a consent to an amendment to the Addendum No. 4 Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof, Lessor shall, within ten (10) business days after delivery of such consent, either (1) provide its reasonable objections to such amendment or (2) execute such consent in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

7.                   CONDITION

 

Lessee shall continue in possession of the Demised Premises (as reduced hereby) in its “as is” condition as of November 1, 2015, subject to Lessor’s obligations under the Lease, such as with respect to repair and maintenance of the Building and performing its obligations under the Lease with respect to legal compliance.  Lessee shall perform improvements to the Demised Premises (as reduced hereby) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Exhibit B.  Lessor is under no obligation to make any Alterations in or to the Demised Premises (as reduced hereby) or the Building; provided, however, that Lessor agrees to construct a multi-tenant elevator lobby and (subject to Exhibit B) common corridor on the seventh (7th) floor of the Building in a manner substantially similar to the Building standard finishes used in the recently renovated multi-tenant elevator lobby and common corridor existing on the fourth (4th) floor of the Building as of the date of this Lease (“Lessor’s Work”).  Lessor shall promptly commence Lessor’s Work after Lessee’s Plans (as defined in Exhibit B) with respect to the Re-Included Space are developed to a degree that permits Lessor to determine whether or not Lessor’s Work will include non-cosmetic Alterations, and thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion.  Lessor and Lessee shall reasonably cooperate with each other to avoid interference if Lessor’s

 

7

 

Work and the Leasehold Improvements are being performed simultaneously.  If Lessor’s Work includes non-cosmetic Alterations, and Lessor’s failure to perform the same prevents Lessee from lawfully reoccupying the portion of the Demised Premises (as reduced hereby) located on the seventh (7th) floor of the Building, then the Swing Space Expiration Date shall be extended until such elements of Lessor’s Work are complete or Lessee can lawfully reoccupy the portion of the Demised Premises (as reduced hereby) located on the seventh (7th) floor of the Building, whichever comes first.  If Lessor’s Work continues after Lessee has reoccupied the portion of the Demised Premises (as reduced hereby) located on the seventh (7th) floor of the Building, then Lessor shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Lessee’s business operations in such portion of the Demised Premises in performing Lessor’s Work.

 

8.                   ADDENDUM NO. 5 HOLD SPACE

 

(A)                               Provided no default by Lessee beyond any applicable notice and cure period exists on the date Lessee notifies Lessor of its intent to exercise this right, Lessee shall have the option to add to the Demised Premises the Additional Give Back Premises, which is identified as area “B” on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto and made a part hereof and which the parties acknowledge and agree contains 6,366 rentable square feet (such space also being identified as the “Addendum No. 5 Hold Space”, and such option being hereinafter referred to as the “Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option”).  Lessor shall deliver the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space separately demised from the remainder of the seventh (7th) floor with a demising wall constructed, but Lessor shall have no obligation to perform any further work with respect to the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space or the delivery thereof.  Lessee may exercise the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Expansion Option by giving written notice to Lessor (the “Lessee Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option Notice”) no later than June 30, 2015 (the “Lessee Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option Notice Deadline”); provided, however, that Lessee shall have the right to extend the Lessee Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option Notice Deadline for six (6) periods of one (1) month each.  In order to exercise such extension right, Lessee must deliver to Lessor, prior to the then-current Lessee Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option Notice Deadline, both written notice of the exercise of such right and the applicable Extension Payment (as hereinafter defined), time being of the essence.  The term “Extension Payment” shall mean Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000.00) for each of the first three (3) such extensions and Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000.00) for each of the remaining three (3) extensions.  For the avoidance of doubt, such Extension Payments shall not be credited against any of Lessee’s other obligations under the Lease, as amended hereby.  If Lessee timely delivers the Lessee Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option Notice, Lessor shall deliver the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space to Lessee not later than four (4) months following the date of Lessee’s Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option Notice (the “Anticipated Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Delivery Date”).  Lessee may not lease less than all of the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space designated by Lessor.  Lessee shall have no right to rescind its election to lease the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space.  Prior to December 31, 2015, Lessor shall have no right to lease or license the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space to a third party, but such space may be utilized by Lessor or its affiliate or parent entities for internal use.

 

(B)                               Lessee’s exercise of the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) Lessee shall accept the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space as part of the Demised Premises, in its then “as is” condition; (ii) the term of the Lease with regard to the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space (the “Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Term”) shall commence on

 

8

 

the date on which Lessor delivers possession of the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space to Lessee (the “Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Commencement Date”), and the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Term shall be coterminous with the Lease Term and any further extension thereof; (iii) Lessee’s obligation to pay Monthly Rent for the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space (the “Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Monthly Rent”) shall commence on the earlier of (a) the date that is one hundred twenty (120) days following the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Commencement Date and (b) the date upon which Lessee commences occupancy of the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space for its actual conduct of business (the “Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Rent Commencement Date”); (iv) Section 6 of the Original Lease (as amended by Section 3 of Addendum No. 2, Section 5 of Addendum No. 3, Section 3 of Addendum No. 4 and Section 3(D) of this Addendum No. 5) shall continue to be in full force and effect with respect to Addendum No. 5 Hold Space, provided that with respect thereto: (1) Lessee’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes shall be computed based on a fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable square footage of the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space and the denominator of which is the total of the rentable office and retail area in the Building measured as of the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Rent Commencement Date, (2) Lessee’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs shall be computed based on a fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable square footage of the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space and the denominator of which is the total of the rentable office area in the Building measured as of the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Commencement Date and (3) Lessee shall be liable for, and shall commence Estimated Payments of, Operating Expenses, Operating Costs and Real Estate Taxes on the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Rent Commencement Date; (iv) the Monthly Rent for the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space (the “Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Monthly Rent”) on a rentable square foot basis shall be equal to the then-escalated Monthly Rent of the Demised Premises per rentable square foot, and thereafter for the Lease Term the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Monthly Rent shall be subject to escalations at the same time and at the same rate as with respect to the Demised Premises, (v) the abatement of Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Monthly Rent shall be an amount equal to the product of (1) the rentable square footage of the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space, (2) $76.13 and (3) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining in the Lease Term as of the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Rent Commencement Date, and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the Lease Term from and after November 1, 2015; and (v) all other terms and conditions of the Lease (as amended hereby) shall be generally applicable to the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space, except as the same are specifically modified by the mutual agreement of the parties at that time.

 

(C)                               Lessor shall provide to Lessee a cash construction allowance (the “Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Allowance”) equal to the product of (i) the rentable square footage of the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space, (ii) $85.00 and (iii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining in the Lease Term as of the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Rent Commencement Date, and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the Lease Term from and after November 1, 2015.  The Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Improvements shall be designed, constructed and performed and the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Allowance shall be disbursed in accordance with Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

(D)                               From and after the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Rent Commencement Date, Lessee shall be provided with (i) additional parking permits (at the prevailing market rate for such permits) in the ratio of one (1) contract for every fifteen hundred (1,500) square feet of

 

9

 

rentable area in the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space (BOMA measured), with such entitlement to parking permits being otherwise subject to Section 12 of this Addendum No. 5, and (ii) its pro rata share of additional directory strips in the building directory.

 

9.                   ADDENDUM NO. 5 OPTION SPACE

 

(A)                               Lessee shall have the option to add to the Demised Premises an additional area of approximately 3,500 — 6,366 square feet (as determined by Lessor and measured under BOMA) of rentable area on the seventh (7th) floor of the Building that is contiguous to the Demised Premises (such space being identified as the “Addendum No. 5 Option Space”, and such option being hereinafter referred to as the “Addendum No. 5 Option Space Option”).  The configuration of the Addendum No. 5 Option Space shall satisfy all applicable laws, have reasonable access to common areas and common facilities located on the 7th floor of the Building and be usable for general office purposes.  The final configuration of the Addendum No. 5 Option Space shall be designated by Lessor.  Lessor shall deliver the Addendum No. 5 Option Space separately demised from the remainder of the seventh (7th) floor with a demising wall constructed, but Lessor shall have no obligation to perform any further work with respect to the Addendum No. 5 Option Space or the delivery thereof.  Such demising wall shall be constructed in a manner in compliance with applicable laws and consistent with Building standard finishes.  Without limiting the generality of the effect of the foregoing, the corridor side of any such demising wall shall be consistent with Lessor’s Work.  Subject to the foregoing, Lessee may exercise the Addendum No. 5 Option Space Expansion Option by giving written notice to Lessor no later than October 31, 2018 (“Lessee’s Addendum No. 5 Option Space Option Notice”).  If Lessee delivers Lessee’s Addendum No. 5 Option Space Option Notice, Lessor shall deliver the Addendum No. 5 Option Space to Lessee not earlier than January 1, 2020, and not later than April 30, 2022.  If Lessee delivers Lessee’s Addendum No. 5 Option Space Option Notice, then, on or before November 10, 2018, Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing (“Lessor’s Addendum No. 5 Option Space Notice”) of the configuration and rentable square footage of the Addendum No. 5 Option Space and the date Lessor will deliver the Addendum No. 5 Option Space to Lessee (“Addendum No. 5 Option Space Delivery Date”), all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.  Lessee may not lease less than all of the Addendum No. 5 Option Space designated by Lessor.

 

(B)                               Lessee’s exercise of its Addendum No. 5 Option Space Option shall be subject to the following conditions at the time of such exercise:  (i) the Lease (as amended hereby) is in full force and effect; (ii) no default by Lessee then exists beyond any applicable notice and cure period; (iii) Lessee has timely exercised the Addendum No. 5 Option Space Option, with time being of the essence; (iv) the Lease (as amended hereby) had not been assigned in a transaction requiring Lessor’s consent pursuant to Section 11 of the Original Lease (as amended and restated by Section 12 of Addendum No. 4) (Lessor acknowledging that Lessor’s consent is not required for an assignment of the Lease or sublet of the Demised Premises to any subsidiary, affiliate or successor (as those terms are defined in Section 11 of the Original Lease)); (v) Lessee is occupying for the conduct of Lessee’s business therein more than seventy percent (70%) of the rentable area of the Demised Premises; and (vi) Lessee shall not have exercised the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option.  Except as provided below, if Lessee exercises its Addendum No. 5 Option Space Option, Lessee may not thereafter revoke such exercise.

 

(C)                               The annual rate for Monthly Rent payable for the Addendum No. 5 Option Space

 

10

 

shall be the annual Addendum No. 5 Option Rate for the Addendum No. 5 Option Space as of the Addendum No. 5 Option Commencement Date (the “Addendum No. 5 Option Calculation Date”), with such Addendum No. 5 Option Rate being escalated annually on each anniversary of the Addendum No. 5 Option Calculation Date by the market escalation rate that shall be determined as part of the determination of the Addendum No. 5 Option Rate.  The “Addendum No. 5 Option Rate” shall mean the Market Base Rent (as defined in Section 8 of the Original Lease).  Subject to the provisions of this Section, the calculation of Addendum No. 5 Option Rate shall take into account all relevant factors.

 

(D)                               Procedure for Determining Monthly Rent.

 

(1)                                 If Lessee exercises its right to lease the Addendum No. 5 Option Space, Lessor shall advise Lessee (the “Addendum No. 5 Option Rent Notice”) of Lessor’s determination of Addendum No. 5 Option Rate on or before November 10, 2018.  If Lessee does not accept Lessor’s determination of the Addendum No. 5 Option Rate, the parties shall meet and seek in good faith to reach agreement on the Addendum No. 5 Option Rate during the thirty (30) day period that begins when Lessor receives Lessee’s Addendum No. 5 Option Notice (the “Addendum No. 5 Option Negotiation Period”).

 

(2)                                 If Lessor and Lessee do not agree upon the Addendum No. 5 Option Rate in writing within the Addendum No. 5 Option Negotiation Period, the provisions of Section 9(D)(2) of Addendum No. 4 shall govern the determination of the Addendum No. 5 Option Rate, except that all references in such Section 9(D)(2) to:

 

(a)                                 the “Extension Rate” shall mean the “Addendum No. 5 Option Rate”;

 

(b)                                 the “Extension Negotiation Period” shall mean the “Addendum No. 5 Option Negotiation Period”; and

 

(c)                                  the “Extension Rent Notice” shall mean the “Addendum No. 5 Option Rent Notice.”

 

If the Monthly Rent payable for the Addendum No. 5 Option Space is not determined prior to the day on which Lessee commences to lease the Addendum No. 5 Option Space, Lessee shall pay Monthly Rent for the Addendum No. 5 Option Space in an amount equal to the rentable square foot rate then payable for the then current Demised Premises (the “Addendum No. 5 Option Interim Rent”).  Upon final determination of the Monthly Rent for the Addendum No. 5 Option Space, Lessee shall commence paying such Monthly Rent as so determined, and within ten (10) days after such determination Lessee shall pay any deficiency in prior payments of Monthly Rent or, if the Monthly Rent as so determined shall be less than the Addendum No. 5 Option Interim Rent, Lessee shall be entitled to a credit against the next succeeding installments of Monthly Rent in an amount equal to the difference between each installment of Addendum No. 5 Option Interim Rent and the Monthly Rent as so determined which should have been paid for such installment until the total amount of the over payment has been recouped.

 

(E)                                Except to the extent expressly set forth in this Section to the contrary, if Lessee elects to lease the Addendum No. 5 Option Space, such space shall become subject to the Lease (as amended hereby) upon the same terms and conditions as are then applicable to the then current Demised Premises. The foregoing notwithstanding, any tenant improvement allowances,

 

11

 

free rent periods, moving allowances or other special concessions granted to Lessee with respect to the then current Demised Premises shall not apply to the Addendum No. 5 Option Space.

 

(F)                                 If Lessee exercises its right to lease the Addendum No. 5 Option Space, (1) the term of Lessee’s lease of the Addendum No. 5 Option Space shall: (a) commence upon the date (the “Addendum No. 5 Option Space Commencement Date”) Lessor tenders possession of the Addendum No. 5 Option Space in the condition required under Section 8(A) above, and (b) expire upon the expiration of the Lease Term, including any further extensions thereof, and (2) Lessee’s obligation to pay Monthly Rent for the Addendum No. 5 Option Space shall commence on the earlier of (a) the date that is ninety (90) days following the Addendum No. 5 Option Space Commencement Date and (b) the date upon which Lessee commences occupancy of the Addendum No. 5 Option Space for its actual conduct of business.  Provided Lessor has complied with the terms of the following sentence, Lessor will have no liability to Lessee if Lessor does not deliver the Addendum No. 5 Option Space to Lessee on the date originally contemplated by Lessor for any causes beyond the reasonable control of Lessor.  Lessor will promptly commence and diligently pursue obtaining possession of the Addendum No. 5 Option Space (including, if necessary, by initiating legal proceedings) so that Lessor can tender the Addendum No. 5 Option Space to Lessee; provided, however, that the following shall be Lessee’s sole remedies if Lessor complied with the foregoing sentence but failed timely to deliver the Addendum No. 5 Option Space:  (x) if Lessor has not tendered possession of the Addendum No. 5 Option Space to Lessee within ninety (90) days after the Addendum No. 5 Option Space Delivery Date (which date shall not be extended by Force Majeure), then Lessee shall receive an abatement of Monthly Rent for the Addendum No. 5 Option Space and Lessee’s proportionate share of Operating Costs, Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes for the Addendum No. 5 Option Space equal to one-half (1⁄2) day for each day of such delay from and after the ninety-first (91st) day after the Addendum No. 5 Option Space Delivery Date; provided, however, that (i) such abatement shall not exceed, in the aggregate, ninety (90) days of Monthly Rent for the Addendum No. 5 Option Space and Lessee’s proportionate share of Operating Costs, Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes for the Addendum No. 5 Option Space (i.e., such abatement shall cease to accrue after the two hundred seventieth (270th) day after the Addendum No. 5 Option Space Delivery Date) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, such abatement shall not be applicable if Lessee terminates its election to lease the Addendum No. 5 Option Space pursuant to clause (y) below; and (y) if Lessor has not tendered possession of the Addendum No. 5 Option Space to Lessee within one hundred eighty (180) days after the Addendum No. 5 Option Space Delivery Date (which date shall not be extended by Force Majeure), Lessee shall have the right to terminate its election to lease the Addendum No. 5 Option Space by notifying Lessor in writing within thirty (30) days after the expiration of said one hundred eighty (180) day period, in which event Lessee’s rights under this Section 8 shall lapse.  Lessor shall have no obligation to make any payment to the occupant or to give any other concession to such occupant in order to induce such occupant to vacate and surrender possession of any Addendum No. 5 Option Space.

 

(G)                               Except to the extent expressly set forth in the Lease (as amended hereby) to the contrary, upon Lessee’s leasing of the Addendum No. 5 Option Space, the rentable area of the Demised Premises and term “Demised Premises” shall be deemed amended to include the Addendum No. 5 Option Space and Lessee’s proportionate share and all other computations made under the Lease (as amended hereby) based upon or affected by the rentable area of the Demised Premises shall be recomputed to include the Addendum No. 5 Option Space; provided

 

12

 

that, the computation of the square footage of the Addendum No. 5 Option Space shall be based on BOMA.

 

(H)                              From and after the Addendum No. 5 Option Space Commencement Date, Lessee shall be provided with (i) additional parking permits (at the prevailing market rate for such permits) in the ratio of one (1) contract for every one thousand five hundred (1,500) square feet of rentable area in the Addendum No. 5 Option Space (BOMA measured), with such entitlement to parking permits being otherwise subject to Section 12 of this Addendum No. 5, and (ii) its pro rata share of additional directory strips in the building directory.

 

(I)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if Lessee extends the Lessee Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option Notice Deadline but does not exercise the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option, then the dates set forth in Sections 9(A) and 9(D)(1) shall be extended for the same number of months as the Lessee Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option Notice Deadline is extended.

 

10.            ADDENDUM NO. 5 RIGHT OF OPPORTUNITY

 

(A)                               Addendum No. 5 Right of Opportunity.

 

(1)                                 Subject to the provisions of this Section 10, if, during the Addendum No. 5 Extension Term and, if exercised, the Second Extension Term (but not any further extensions of the Lease Term), any portion of the Additional Give-Back Premises becomes available for lease from Lessor (or Lessor reasonably anticipates that such space will become available for lease from Lessor) (the “Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space”), Lessor shall so notify Lessee (the “Lessor’s Addendum No. 5 ROFO Notice”) of the anticipated availability date (the “Addendum No. 5 ROFO Delivery Date”) and the location of the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space, and Lessee shall have the right to lease all (but not less than all) of the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space (the “Addendum No. 5 Right of Opportunity”) by delivering Lessee’s notice of such election to Lessor (“Lessee’s Addendum No. 5 ROFO Notice”) within ten (10) business days after Lessor gives Lessor’s Addendum No. 5 ROFO Notice to Lessee.

 

(2)                                 Any provision of the Lease (as amended hereby) to the contrary notwithstanding, Lessee’s Addendum No. 5 Right of Opportunity shall be subject to the following:

 

(a)                                 Lessee’s Addendum No. 5 Right of Opportunity shall not apply to any Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space until Lessor has entered into a lease with a third-party tenant for such Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space containing such terms as Lessor deems acceptable in Lessor’s sole discretion (including, without limitation, any fixed expansion or extension rights that Lessor might grant such tenant(s) for such Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space) with a third-party tenant and the term of such lease has expired with respect to such Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space (including, without limitation, the expiration of any lease term extension period(s)) or otherwise been terminated.

 

(b)                                 If Lessee notifies Lessor that Lessee elects not to lease an Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space or if Lessee fails to timely deliver Lessee’s Addendum No. 5 ROFO Notice to Lessor with respect thereto, Lessee’s Addendum No. 5 Right of Opportunity shall not apply to such Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space until Lessor has thereafter entered into a lease for such Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space with a third-party tenant under one or more leases

 

13

 

containing such terms as Lessor deems acceptable in Lessor’s sole discretion (including, without limitation, any right of opportunity or other expansion rights that Lessor might grant such tenant(s) for such Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space) and Lessor’s Addendum No. 5 Right of Opportunity shall not apply to such space until the term of such lease has expired with respect to such Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space (including, without limitation, the expiration of any lease term extension period(s)) or otherwise been terminated.

 

(c)                                  The fixed expansion or extension rights of the third party tenant(s) taking all or any portion of the Additional Give-Back Premises pursuant to the initial lease-up following Lessee’s surrender of the Additional Give-Back Premises hereunder (a “Lease-Up Lessee’s Rights”).

 

(B)                               Conditions to Exercise.  Lessee’s exercise of its Addendum No. 5 Right of Opportunity shall be subject to the following conditions at the time of such exercise:  (i) the Lease (as amended hereby) is in full force and effect; (ii) no default by Lessee then exists beyond any applicable notice and cure period; (iii) Lessee has timely exercised the Addendum No. 5 Right of Opportunity, with time being of the essence; (iv) the Lease (as amended hereby) had not been assigned in a transaction requiring Lessor’s consent pursuant to Section 11 of the Original Lease (as amended and restated by Section 12 of Addendum No. 4) (Lessor acknowledging that Lessor’s consent is not required for an assignment of the Lease or sublet of the Demised Premises to any subsidiary, affiliate or successor (as those terms are defined in Section 11 of the Original Lease)); (v) Lessee is occupying for the conduct of Lessee’s business therein more than seventy percent (70%) of the rentable area of the Demised Premises; and (vi) Lessee shall not have exercised the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option.  Except as provided herein, if Lessee exercises its Addendum No. 5 Right of Opportunity, Lessee may not thereafter revoke such exercise.

 

(C)                               Condition of Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space.  Lessee shall take the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space in “as is” condition, except, however, base Building systems serving the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space shall be in good working order.

 

(D)                               Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space Rent.  The annual rate for Monthly Rent payable for an applicable Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space shall be the annual Addendum No. 5 ROFO Rate for the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space as of the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Commencement Date (the “Addendum No. 5 ROFO Calculation Date”), with such Addendum No. 5 ROFO Rate being escalated annually on each anniversary of the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Calculation Date by the market escalation rate that shall be determined as part of the determination of the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Rate.  The “Addendum No. 5 ROFO Rate” shall mean the Market Base Rent (as defined in Section 8 of the Original Lease).  Subject to the provisions of this Section, the calculation of Addendum No. 5 ROFO Rate shall take into account all relevant factors.  If the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Rate includes any out-of-pocket monetary concession (such as a tenant improvement allowance) to be provided by Lessor, Lessor shall have the option to either directly provide such monetary concession or indirectly provide such monetary concession by equitably reducing the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Rate by the economic value of such concession over the then remaining Lease Term.

 

14

 

(E)                                Procedure for Determining Monthly Rent.

 

(1)                                 Lessor shall advise Lessee (the “Addendum No. 5 ROFO Rent Notice”) of Lessor’s determination of Addendum No. 5 ROFO Rate within ten (10) days after receiving Lessee’s Addendum No. 5 ROFO Notice.  If Lessee does not accept Lessor’s determination of the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Rate, the parties shall meet and seek in good faith to reach agreement on the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Rate during the thirty (30) day period that begins when Lessor receives Lessee’s Addendum No. 5 ROFO Notice (the “Addendum No. 5 ROFO Negotiation Period”).

 

(2)                                 If Lessor and Lessee do not agree upon the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Rate in writing within the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Negotiation Period, the provisions of Section 9(D)(2) of Addendum No. 4 shall govern the determination of the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Rate, except that all references in such Section 9(D)(2) to:

 

(a)                                 the “Extension Rate” shall mean the “Addendum No. 5 ROFO Rate”;

 

(b)                                 the “Extension Negotiation Period” shall mean the “Addendum No. 5 ROFO Negotiation Period”; and

 

(c)                                  the “Extension Rent Notice” shall mean the “Addendum No. 5 ROFO Rent Notice.”

 

If the Monthly Rent payable for an Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space is not determined prior to the day on which Lessee commences to lease the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space, Lessee shall pay Monthly Rent for the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space in an amount equal to the rentable square foot rate then payable for the then current Demised Premises (the “Addendum No. 5 ROFO Interim Rent”).  Upon final determination of the Monthly Rent for the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space, Lessee shall commence paying such Monthly Rent as so determined, and within ten (10) days after such determination Lessee shall pay any deficiency in prior payments of Monthly Rent or, if the Monthly Rent as so determined shall be less than the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Interim Rent, Lessee shall be entitled to a credit against the next succeeding installments of Monthly Rent in an amount equal to the difference between each installment of Addendum No. 5 ROFO Interim Rent and the Monthly Rent as so determined which should have been paid for such installment until the total amount of the over payment has been recouped.

 

(F)                                 Except to the extent expressly set forth in this Section to the contrary, if Lessee elects to lease Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space, such space shall become subject to the Lease (as amended hereby) upon the same terms and conditions as are then applicable to the then current Demised Premises. The foregoing notwithstanding, any tenant improvement allowances, free rent periods, moving allowances or other special concessions granted to Lessee with respect to the then current Demised Premises shall not apply to the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space.

 

(G)                               If Lessee exercises its right to lease Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space, the term of Lessee’s lease of the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space shall: (a) commence upon the date (the “Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space Commencement Date”) that is the later of:  (i) the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Delivery Date, or (ii) the date Lessor tenders possession of the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space in the condition required under Section 8(C) above, and (b) expire upon the expiration of the Lease Term, including any further extensions thereof (or, if Lessee’s rights

 

15

 

under Section 8 above remain unexercised but available, and Lessor notifies Lessee in the Lessor’s Addendum No. 5 ROFO Notice that such Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space constitutes Addendum No. 5 Option Space, expire on the day before the Addendum No. 5 Option Space Commencement Date).  Provided Lessor has complied with the terms of the following sentence, Lessor will have no liability to Lessee if Lessor does not deliver the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space to Lessee on the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Delivery Date for any causes beyond the reasonable control of Lessor.  Lessor will promptly commence and diligently pursue obtaining possession of the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space (including, if necessary, by initiating legal proceedings) so that Lessor can tender the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space to Lessee; provided, however, that the following shall be Lessee’s sole remedies if Lessor complied with the foregoing sentence but failed timely to deliver the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space:  (x) if Lessor has not tendered possession of the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space to Lessee within ninety (90) days after the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Delivery Date (which date shall not be extended by Force Majeure), then Lessee shall receive an abatement of Monthly Rent for the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space and Lessee’s proportionate share of Operating Costs, Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes for the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space equal to one-half (1⁄2) day for each day of such delay from and after the ninety-first (91st) day after the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Delivery Date; provided, however, that (i) such abatement shall not exceed, in the aggregate, ninety (90) days of Monthly Rent for the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space and Lessee’s proportionate share of Operating Costs, Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes for the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space (i.e., such abatement shall cease to accrue after the two hundred seventieth (270th) day after the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Delivery Date) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, such abatement shall not be applicable if Lessee terminates its election to lease the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space pursuant to clause (y) below; and (y) if Lessor has not tendered possession of the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space to Lessee within one hundred eighty (180) days after the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Delivery Date (which date shall not be extended by Force Majeure), Lessee shall have the right to terminate its election to lease the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space by notifying Lessor in writing within thirty (30) days after the expiration of said one hundred eighty (180) day period, in which event Lessee’s rights under this Section 9 shall lapse.  Lessor shall have no obligation to make any payment to the occupant or to give any other concession to such occupant in order to induce such occupant to vacate and surrender possession of any Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space.

 

(H)                              Recomputation.  Except to the extent expressly set forth in the Lease (as amended hereby) to the contrary, upon Lessee’s leasing of Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space, the rentable area of the Demised Premises and term “Demised Premises” shall be deemed amended to include such Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space and Lessee’s proportionate share and all other computations made under the Lease (as amended hereby) based upon or affected by the rentable area of the Demised Premises shall be recomputed to include such Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space; provided that, the computation of the square footage of the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space shall be based on BOMA.

 

(I)                                   Parking and Directory Strips.  From and after the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space Commencement Date, Lessee shall be provided with (i) additional parking permits (at the prevailing market rate for such permits) in the ratio of one (1) contract for every one thousand five hundred (1,500) square feet of rentable area in the Addendum No. 5 ROFO Space (BOMA measured), with such entitlement to parking permits being otherwise subject to Section 12 of this

 

16

 

Addendum No. 5, and (ii) its pro rata share of additional directory strips in the building directory.

 

(J)                                   Section 8 of Addendum No. 4 is hereby deleted and shall be of no further force or effect.

 

11.            SECOND EXTENSION TERM

 

The provisions of Section 9 of Addendum No. 4 shall continue to apply during the Addendum No. 5 Extension Period, provided, however, that:

 

(A)                               The reference therein to “November 1, 2015,” is hereby deleted and replaced with “November 1, 2027”;

 

(B)                               The reference therein to “October 31, 2020,” is hereby deleted and replaced with “October 31, 2032”;

 

(C)                               The reference therein to “May 1, 2014,” is hereby deleted and replaced with “May 1, 2026”;

 

(D)                               The reference therein to “August 1, 2014,” is hereby deleted and replaced with “August 1, 2026”;

 

(E)                                The reference therein to “39,624 rentable square feet (i.e., as re-measured under BOMA)” is hereby deleted and replaced with “33,258 rentable square feet,” subject to the exercise by Lessee of the Addendum No. 5 Option Space Option and/or the Addendum No. 5 Right of Opportunity; and

 

(F)                                 The reference therein to “First Extension Term” is hereby deleted and replaced with “Addendum No. 5 Extension Term.”

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if Lessee extends the Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Option Notice Deadline, then the dates set forth in this Section 11 shall be extended for the same number of months as the Addendum No. 5 Extension Term Expiration Date is extended.

 

12.            PARKING

 

Effective as of November 1, 2015, (a) the reference in Section 7 of the Lease (as hereinbefore modified) to “twenty-six (26) contracts” is hereby deleted and replaced with “twenty-four (24) contracts” and (b) the last sentence of Section 7(B) of the Lease (as heretofore modified) is amended and restated as follows:

 

In the event Lessee fails to execute with the Operator the monthly parking contracts by February 29, 2016, or subsequently relinquishes in any manner its parking contracts, Lessor shall be under no obligation to seek restoration of the relinquished contract or waive Lessee’s failure to execute said contract prior to February 29, 2016; provided, however, that Lessee shall have the right to take (or, as applicable, retake) parking contracts up to Lessee’s full number of permitted parking contracts upon sixty (60) days written notice to Lessor.

 

13.            COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

 

(A)                               To Lessor’s knowledge, without further investigation or inquiry, the base building

 

17

 

portions of the Building are currently free of any asbestos or any other hazardous materials that violate applicable federal, state or local regulations or ordinances.

 

(B)                               To Lessor’s knowledge, without further investigation or inquiry, the base building portions of the Building are (subject to any applicable grandfathering provisions and waivers) in compliance with the ADA.

 

14.            STORAGE SPACE

 

(A)                               Following the Addendum No. 5 Partial Termination Date, the Lease with regard to the remainder of the Storage Space shall remain in full force and effect for the remainder of the Lease Term, including any further extension terms provided herein, and shall remain unmodified, except as specifically provided for herein.

 

(B)                               From and after the Addendum No. 5 Partial Termination Date, the Storage Space shall be deemed to contain 205 square feet.

 

(C)                               During the Addendum No. 5 Extension Term, the monthly rent for the Storage Space (the “Storage Space Addendum No. 5 Extension Term Monthly Rent”) shall be as follows:

 

	
Period
    	
 
    	
Storage Space
   Addendum No. 5
   Extension Term
   Monthly Rent
    	
 
    	
Annual Amount
   Per Square Foot
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2015 – October 31, 2016
    	
 
    	
$
    	
414.27
    	
 
    	
$
    	
24.25
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2016 – October 31, 2017
    	
 
    	
$
    	
422.64
    	
 
    	
$
    	
24.74
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2017 – October 31, 2018
    	
 
    	
$
    	
431.01
    	
 
    	
$
    	
25.23
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2018 – October 31, 2019
    	
 
    	
$
    	
439.55
    	
 
    	
$
    	
25.73
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2019 – October 31, 2020
    	
 
    	
$
    	
448.27
    	
 
    	
$
    	
26.24
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2020 – October 31, 2021
    	
 
    	
$
    	
457.15
    	
 
    	
$
    	
26.76
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2021 – October 31, 2022
    	
 
    	
$
    	
466.38
    	
 
    	
$
    	
27.30
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2022 – October 31, 2023
    	
 
    	
$
    	
475.77
    	
 
    	
$
    	
27.85
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2023 – October 31, 2024
    	
 
    	
$
    	
485.34
    	
 
    	
$
    	
28.41
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2024 – October 31, 2025
    	
 
    	
$
    	
495.08
    	
 
    	
$
    	
28.98
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2025 – October 31, 2026
    	
 
    	
$
    	
504.98
    	
 
    	
$
    	
29.56
    	
 
    
	
November 1, 2026 – October 31, 2027
    	
 
    	
$
    	
515.06
    	
 
    	
$
    	
30.15
    	
 
    
	
Addendum No. 5 Hold Space Extension Period
   (if applicable)
    	
 
    	
$
    	
525.31
    	
 
    	
$
    	
30.75
    	
 
    

 

For the avoidance of doubt, Lessee is not obligated to pay any Operating Expenses, Operating Costs or Real Estate Taxes with respect to the Storage Space and the numerator used to calculate Lessee’s proportionate shares in Section 3(C) above does not include the area of the Storage Space.

 

15.            AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

 

This Addendum No. 5 amends and restates, and supersedes in all respects, that certain Addendum No. 5 dated as of December 22, 2014 (the “December 2014 Addendum”).  For the avoidance of doubt, any abatement heretofore provided under Section 5(B) of the December

 

18

 

2014 Addendum shall count against the abatement to be provided under Section 5(B) of this Addendum No. 5 and any Lessor’s Contribution heretofore provided under Exhibit B of the December 2014 Addendum shall count against the Lessor’s Contribution to be provided under Exhibit B of this Addendum No. 5.

 

16.            LENDER APPROVAL

 

The terms and conditions of this Addendum No. 5 are contingent upon the consent of Lessor’s current lender for the Building (“Lender Approval”).  The terms and conditions of this Addendum No. 5 shall not be effective until the Effective Date.  The term “Effective Date” shall mean the later to occur of the following dates:  (a) the date this Addendum No. 5 is fully executed, and (b) the date upon which Lessor advises Lessee in writing that Lender Approval has been received (the “Lender Approval Notification Date”).  Lessor shall use commercially reasonable, good faith, diligent efforts to obtain Lender Approval as soon as is reasonably possible following the full execution of this Addendum No. 5.  If the Lender Approval Notification Date does not occur within forty (40) days following the date on which this Addendum No. 5 has been fully executed by Lessor and Lessee, then Lessee shall have the right to cancel this Addendum No. 5 upon five (5) days’ prior written notice to Lessor, such notice to be given, if at all, prior to the Lender Approval Notification Date.  If the Lender Approval Notification Date does not occur within fifty-five (55) days following the date on which this Addendum No. 5 has been fully executed by Lessor and Lessee, then, provided Lessor has used its commercially reasonable good faith diligent efforts to obtain Lender Approval as required above, Lessor shall have the right to cancel this Addendum No. 5 upon five (5) days’ prior written notice to Lessee, such notice to be given, if at all, prior to the Lender Approval Notification Date.  If this Addendum No. 5 is cancelled by Lessor or Lessee as aforesaid, (i) this Addendum No. 5 shall be null and void as if the same had never been executed by Lessor and Lessee, (ii) the Lease as un-amended by this Addendum No. 5 shall remain in full force and effect, and (iii) neither party hereto shall have any rights against or obligations to the other under this Addendum No. 5.

 

17.            BROKER AND AGENT

 

Lessor and Lessee each represent and warrant one to another that, except as hereinafter set forth, neither of them has employed any broker in carrying on the negotiations, or had any dealings with any broker, relating to this Addendum No. 5.  Lessee represents that it has employed CBRE, Inc., as its broker.  Lessor represents that it has employed Tishman Speyer Properties, L.P., as its broker.  Lessor, pursuant to separate written agreements, has agreed to pay the commission of the aforementioned brokers.  Lessor shall indemnify and hold Lessee harmless, and Lessee shall indemnify and hold Lessor harmless, from and against all claim or claims for brokerage or other commission arising from or out of any breach of the foregoing representation and warranty by the respective indemnitor.

 

18.            EXCULPATION

 

(A)                               Notwithstanding anything appearing to the contrary in the Lease (as amended hereby), Lessee shall not be entitled to enforce the liability and obligation of Lessor hereto to pay, perform and observe the obligations contained in the Lease (as amended hereby) by any action or proceeding against any member, shareholder, partner, manager, director, officer, agent, affiliate, beneficiary, trustee or employee of Lessor, or against any direct or indirect member,

 

19

 

shareholder, partner or other owner of any such member, shareholder, partner, manager, director, officer, agent, affiliate or employee of Lessor, or against any director, officer, employee, agent, manager or trustee of any of the foregoing.

 

(B)                               Notwithstanding anything appearing to the contrary in the Lease (as amended hereby), Lessor shall not be entitled to enforce the liability and obligation of Lessee hereto to pay, perform and observe the obligations contained in the Lease (as amended hereby) by any action or proceeding against any member, shareholder, partner, manager, director, officer, agent, affiliate, beneficiary, trustee or employee of Lessee, or against any direct or indirect member, shareholder, partner or other owner of any such member, shareholder, partner, manager, director, officer, agent, affiliate or employee of Lessee, or against any director, officer, employee, agent, manager or trustee of any of the foregoing.

 

19.            CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Lessee acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Addendum No. 5 are confidential and constitute propriety information of Lessor.  Disclosure of the terms hereof could adversely affect the ability of Lessor to negotiate other leases and/or lease amendments with respect to the Building and may impair Lessor’s relationship with other tenants of the Building.  Lessee agrees that it and its partners, officers, directors, and employees shall not, without the prior written consent of Lessor, make any public disclosure of the terms and conditions of this Addendum No. 5 other than (a) in Lessee’s ordinary course of business to Permitted Recipients, and (b) if required by applicable laws or governmental authorities (including, without limitation, any legal disclosures required with respect to Lessee’s status as a publicly traded corporation).  Lessee shall use commercially reasonable, good faith efforts to cause the Permitted Recipients to comply with the confidentiality provisions set forth herein.

 

20.            OTHER TERMS AND PROVISIONS

 

All other provisions of the Lease shall remain in effect and unchanged except as modified herein, and all terms, covenants and conditions shall remain in effect as modified by this Addendum No. 5.  If any provision of this Addendum No. 5 conflicts with the Lease, the provisions of this Addendum No. 5 shall control.

 

[Signature pages to follow]

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

20

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have caused this Addendum No. 5 to be signed in their names under seal by themselves or by their duly authorized representatives and delivered as their act and deed, intending to be legally bound by all its terms and conditions.

 

	
 
    	
LESSOR:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
1201 F STREET, L.P.,
    
	
 
    	
a Delaware limited partnership
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/   Steven R. Wechsler
    
	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Steven   R. Wechsler
    
	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Managing   Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
LESSEE:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
CRA   INTERNATIONAL, INC., formerly known as Charles River Associates   Incorporated, a Massachusetts corporation
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Chad M. Holmes
    	
(SEAL)
    
	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Chad M. Holmes
    
	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Chief Financial   Officer, Exec. Vice President and Treasurer
    

 

 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

ADDITIONAL GIVE-BACK PREMISES (“B”) AND RE-INCLUDED SPACE (“Ae”)

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A-2

 

GIVE-BACK STORAGE SPACE

 

[see attached]

 

 

EXHIBIT A-3

 

SWING SPACE

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

WORK AGREEMENT

 

This Work Agreement is a part of Addendum No. 5. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Work Agreement and the terms of the Lease (as amended by Addendum No. 5), the terms of this Work Agreement shall control.

 

Article 1 - Definitions

 

1.                                      Definitions.

 

1.1                               “Base Building Plans” means the base building plans and specifications for the Building.

 

1.2                               “Base Building Systems” means the structural components of the Building and the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, sanitary, sprinkler, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, security, life-safety and other service systems or facilities of the Building up to the point of connection for localized distribution to the Demised Premises and the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, elevators and other service systems or facilities servicing the common areas of the Building.

 

1.3                               “Change Order” means any change in any of Lessee’s Plans after Lessor has approved any such plan and/or any change in the work or materials to be included in the Leasehold Improvements.

 

1.4                               “Comparable Building” means first-class office buildings of comparable age and size in the central business district of the District of Columbia.

 

1.5                               “Contractor” means the general contractor selected by Lessee in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement to construct and install the Leasehold Improvements.

 

1.6                               “Construction Costs” means all costs in the permitting, demolition, construction and installation of the Leasehold Improvements and acquiring the materials for the Leasehold Improvements.

 

1.7                               “Effective Date” has the meaning given such term in Addendum No. 5.

 

1.8                               “Engineers” means the mechanical, electrical, plumbing and structural and engineers and other licensed third-parties selected by Lessee to assist in the preparation of Lessee’s Plans.

 

1.9                               “Essential Subs” means those subcontractors to be specifically designated by Lessor acting reasonably for purposes of working on the Building mechanical, energy management, structural, exterior windows (including window removal and reinstallation for hoisting purposes), roof (excluding HVAC), sprinkler and fire and life safety systems.

 

 

1.10                        “Final Space Plan” means a detailed space plan for the Leasehold Improvements prepared by Lessee’s Architect, which space plan shall be substantially in conformance with the Preliminary Plan approved by Lessor and any updates or changes thereto approved by Lessor and shall contain the information and otherwise comply with the requirements set forth on Annex 2 attached hereto.

 

1.11                        “Improvement Costs” means, collectively, (i) the Soft Costs; (ii) the Construction Costs; and (iii) Lessor’s Fee.

 

1.12                        “Leasehold Improvements” means the improvements set forth in Lessee’s Plans as approved by Lessor in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement.

 

1.13                        “Lessee’s Architect” means the architect engaged by Lessee to design the Leasehold Improvements and prepare Lessee’s Plans.

 

1.14                        “Lessee’s Contractors” means Contractor and all subcontractors and subsubcontractors (including the Essential Subs) who will work on the Leasehold Improvements.

 

1.15                        “Lessee’s Equipment” means any telephone, telephone switching, telephone and data cabling, furniture, computers, servers, Lessee’s trade fixtures and other personal property to be installed by or on behalf of Lessee in the Demised Premises.

 

1.16                        “Lessee’s Plans” means the Preliminary Plan, the Final Space Plan and the Plans and Specifications.

 

1.17                        “Lessee’s Representative” means Renee Collins, whose address is 750 9th Street, NW, Suite 900, Washington, DC 20001, and whose telephone number is (202) 783-8200.

 

1.18                        “Lessor’s Contribution” means an amount equal to Two Million Eight Hundred Seventeen Thousand Seventy Dollars ($2,817,070.00).

 

1.19                        “Lessor’s Fee” means a fee payable to Lessor equal to either (a) one percent (1%) of the Construction Costs (if Lessee retains a third-party project manager, other than Lessor or its affiliate, in connection with the Leasehold Improvements) or (b) three percent (3%) of the Construction Costs (if Lessor does not retain a third-party project manager, other than Lessor or its affiliate, in connection with the Leasehold Improvements), as applicable.

 

1.20                        “Lessor’s Representative” means Rustom Cowasjee, whose address is Tishman Speyer Properties, 1875 Eye Street, NW, Suite 300, Washington, DC 20006 and whose telephone number is (202) 420-2123 and whose telecopier number is (202) 777-0370.

 

1.21                        “Permits” means all necessary permits in connection with the Leasehold Improvements.

 

1.22                        “Plans and Specifications” means all architectural plans, construction drawings and specifications necessary and sufficient (i) for the construction of the Leasehold Improvements in accordance with the Final Space Plan and (ii) to enable the Contractor to obtain all necessary

 

 

Permits for the construction of the Leasehold Improvements, and which shall contain the information and otherwise comply with the requirements set forth on Annex 3 attached hereto.

 

1.23                        “Preliminary Plan” means a preliminary space plan prepared by Lessee’s Architect showing the general layout of the Demised Premises upon completion of the Leasehold Improvements, which space plan shall contain the information and otherwise comply with the requirements set forth on Annex 1 attached hereto.

 

1.24                        “Punch List Work” means minor details of construction, decoration and mechanical adjustment, if any, the noncompletion of which do not materially interfere with the use of the relevant portion of the Building.

 

1.25                        “Soft Costs” means the sum of (a) all architectural, space planning, engineering and other costs related to the design of the Leasehold Improvements including, without limitation, the fees of Lessee’s Architect, the Engineers and the professionals preparing and/or reviewing Lessee’s Plans (or any of them), plus (b) the cost of relocating Lessee’s furniture, fixtures and equipment to the Demised Premises, the cost of installing networking and wiring in the Demised Premises and the cost of purchasing furniture, fixtures and equipment (including audiovisual equipment) for use in the Demised Premises.

 

1.26                        “Substantial Completion” means, as to any construction performed by any party, that such work has been completed, as reasonably mutually determined by Lessor’s architect and Lessee’s architect, in accordance with (a) the provisions of the Lease (as amended by Addendum No. 5) applicable thereto, and (b) the plans and specifications for such work, except for any Punch List work.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Work Agreement shall have the meanings given such terms in the Lease (as amended by Addendum No. 5).

 

Article 2 — Plans

 

2.1                               Lessee’s Architect and Engineers. Lessee has or will retain Lessee’s Architect to design the Leasehold Improvements and prepare Lessee’s Plans. Lessee’s Architect and the Engineers shall be subject to Lessor’s reasonable approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

2.2                               Preliminary Plan. Lessor has previously approved the Preliminary Plan.

 

2.3                               Final Space Plan. Lessor has previously approved the Final Space Plan.

 

2.4                               Plans and Specifications. Lessor has previously approved the Plans and Specifications.

 

2.5                               Changes to Plans.

 

(a)                                 In the event of any Change Order or in the event that Lessor determines that any of Lessee’s Plans have not been prepared in accordance with the requirements of this Work Agreement, Lessee shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses and for all delays in

 

 

reoccupancy by Lessee resulting therefrom including, without limitation, costs or expenses relating to (i) any additional architectural or engineering services and related design expenses; (ii) any reasonable architectural or engineering costs incurred by Lessor in connection with its review of such requested change; (iii) any changes to materials in process of fabrication; (iv) cancellation or modification of supply or fabricating contracts; (v) removal or alteration of work or plans completed or in process; or (vi) delay claims made by Contractor.

 

(b)                                 No changes shall be made to any of Lessee’s Plans and no Change Orders shall be implemented without the prior written approval of Lessor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (but which shall be subject to the Alterations limitations set forth in the Lease). All Change Orders shall be in writing and shall be on such AIA form as is required by Lessor and/or Contractor. Lessee shall evidence in writing its approval of any Change Order prior to requesting Lessor’s approval of same.

 

2.6                               General Plan Provisions.

 

(a)                                 Lessee shall cause (i) Lessee’s Plans to comply with all Applicable Laws; (ii) Lessee’s Plans to be prepared by Lessee’s Architect and the Engineers in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement and in conformity with the Base Building Plans and the base Building systems (including, without limitation, the base Building HVAC, mechanical, electrical, plumbing and life safety systems); (iii) the Plans and Specifications to be sufficient to enable Contractor (with respect to the Plans and Specifications) to obtain all necessary Permits; and (iv) the Plans and Specifications to be prepared using the AutoCAD Computer Assisted Drafting and Design System format. Lessee shall cause Lessee’s Plans not to include any Leasehold Improvements that will or that reasonably might be anticipated to (1) interfere with the normal operation of the Building, Building operations, or the Base Building Systems; (2) materially increase maintenance or utility charges for operating the Building in excess of the standard requirements for Comparable Buildings, or (3) affect the exterior or structure of the Building. Lessee shall cause Lessee’s Plans to include as part of the Leasehold Improvements the construction of a Building standard demising wall to separate the Additional Give-Back Premises from the balance of the Demised Premises located on the seventh (7th) floor of the Building.

 

(b)                                 Any provision of this Work Agreement or the Lease (as amended by Addendum No. 5) to the contrary notwithstanding, Lessor’s approval of the Plans and Specifications shall not constitute an assurance by Lessor that the Plans and Specifications satisfy any Applicable Laws or are sufficient to enable the Contractor to obtain a building permit for the undertaking of the Leasehold Improvements. If Lessor notifies Lessee at any time that the Plans and Specifications must be revised due to their failure to comply with the terms of this Work Agreement, such revisions shall be made at Lessee’s expense and any delay arising in connection therewith shall constitute a Lessee delay and shall not give rise to any claim or cause of action against Lessor.

 

(c)                                  Prior to making or installing any of the Leasehold Improvements, Lessee shall perform a field verification to independently determine the existing conditions, specifications and dimensions of the Demised Premises and any variances from the Base Building Plans.

 

 

(d)                                 Lessee has appointed Lessee’s Representative for purposes of granting any consents or approvals by Lessee under this Work Agreement and for authorizing and executing any and all Change Orders or other documents in connection with this Work Agreement and Lessor shall have the right to rely on Lessee’s Representative’s consent, approval, authorization or execution as aforesaid.

 

(e)                                  Lessor has appointed Lessor’s Representative for purposes of granting any consents or approvals by Lessor under this Work Agreement and for authorizing and executing any and all Change Orders or other documents in connection with this Work Agreement and Lessee shall have the right to rely on Lessor’s Representative’s consent, approval, authorization or execution as aforesaid.

 

(f)                                   Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Lessor in reviewing any proposed Lessee Plans and Change Orders within thirty (30) days after Lessee’s receipt of an invoice therefor.

 

Article 3 — Construction

 

3.1                               Lessor Improvements. Except as might be expressly set forth in Addendum No. 5 to the contrary, Lessor has no obligation to do any other work or pay any amounts with respect to the Demised Premises.

 

3.2                               Leasehold Improvements. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s expense, Substantially Complete the Leasehold Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement not later than on October 31, 2015. Except to the extent that the Plans and Specifications provide otherwise, Lessee will cause the Leasehold Improvements to be constructed of new materials commensurate with the level of improvements for a typical first-class tenant in Comparable Buildings.

 

3.3                               General Contractor.

 

(a)                                 Lessor has previously approved the contract and general contractor (Rand Construction) relating to the construction of the Leasehold Improvements.

 

(b)                                 The Contractor shall be responsible for all required construction, management and supervision of the Lessee Improvement work.

 

3.4                               Subcontractors. Lessor shall have the right to approve Lessee’s subcontractors, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

3.5                               Certain Essential Work.  All Lessee Improvement connections or tie-ins to the base Building energy management, sprinkler and fire and life safety systems shall be performed at Lessee’s expense by the applicable Essential Sub. All Lessee Improvement work relating to the Building exterior walls and windows (including window removal and reinstallation for hoisting purposes), and the roof (excluding HVAC), shall be performed at Lessee’s expense by the applicable Essential Sub.

 

 

3.6                               Permits. Prior to commencement of the Leasehold Improvements, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s expense, obtain the Permits.

 

3.7                               Pre-Construction Deliveries.  Not fewer than ten (10) days prior to commencement of construction of the Leasehold Improvements, Lessee shall deliver the following information and items to Lessor:

 

(a)                                 the names and addresses of Lessee’s Contractors;

 

(b)                                 the schedule for commencement of construction, the estimated date of Substantial Completion, the fixturing work and the date on which Lessee will commence occupancy of the Demised Premises for the conduct of Lessee’s business;

 

(c)                                  Lessee’s itemized statement of the estimated Improvement Costs;

 

(d)                                 certificates of insurance evidencing all insurance coverage required under the Lease and this Work Agreement; and

 

(e)                                  a copy of the Permits.

 

3.8                               Lessee’s Equipment.  Lessee, at Lessee’s expense, shall be responsible for ordering and for the delivery and installation of Lessee’s Equipment.

 

3.9                               Post Construction Activities.  Prior to Lessee’s use or reoccupancy of the Demised Premises or any portion thereof and Lessor’s disbursement of any portion of the Retainage, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s expense, deliver to Lessor all certifications and approvals with respect to the Leasehold Improvements that may be required from any governmental authority and/or any board or fire underwriters or similar body for the use and/or occupancy of the Demised Premises; and certificates of insurance evidencing all insurance coverage required under the Lease and this Work Agreement.

 

3.10                        General Construction Provisions.

 

(a)                                 Any damage caused by Lessee’s Contractors to any portion of the Building or to any property of Lessor or other tenants shall be repaired forthwith after written notice from Lessor to its condition prior to such damage by Lessee at Lessee’s expense.

 

(b)                                 Lessee and Lessee’s Contractors shall access the Demised Premises via the Building freight elevator, work in harmony and not interfere with the performance of other work in the Building.

 

(c)                                  If at any time such entry shall cause, or in Lessor’s reasonable judgment threaten to cause, such disharmony or interference, Lessor may terminate such permission upon 24 hours’ notice to Lessee, and thereupon, Lessee or its employees, agents, contractors, and suppliers causing such disharmony or interference shall immediately withdraw from the Demised Premises and the Building until Lessor reasonably determines such disturbance no longer exists.

 

 

(d)                                 Lessee shall comply with and cause Lessee’s Contractors to comply with the rules and regulations attached hereto as Annex 4-Construction Rules and Regulations and such other reasonable rules and regulations as Lessor from time to time establishes concerning construction work in the Building.

 

3.11                        Access During Construction.  At least one elevator to the Demised Premises shall be available at all times during construction, to be coordinated with Lessor’s construction or property management representative, to bring materials to the space for the purposes of modifying the Demised Premises.  Subject to the rules and regulations attached hereto as Annex 4-Construction Rules and Regulations and such other reasonable rules and regulations as Lessor from time to time establishes concerning construction work in the Building, Lessor shall assure Lessee of adequate access to the Demised Premises during construction of Leasehold Improvements.

 

3.12                        Miscellaneous.  Lessor, at Lessor’s sole cost and expense, shall provide during normal business hours, reasonable electric power, water, sewer and HVAC during Lessee’s construction of the Leasehold Improvements.  Except as otherwise noted Lessee shall not be responsible for any additional Building charges (including, but not limited to, freight elevator usage, operator’s cost, staging area costs, loading dock fees, security guard fees, or utility charges) in connection with Lessee’s construction during normal business hours.

 

Article 4 — Improvement Costs and Lessor’s Contribution

 

4.1                               Improvement Costs.  Lessee shall be responsible for the full and timely payment of all Improvement Costs, subject to Lessor’s disbursement of Lessor’s Contribution as provided in this Work Agreement. Lessor shall make disbursements from Lessor’s Contribution as invoices are rendered to Lessor, provided that Lessor has received partial or final (as applicable) lien waivers and such other documentation as Lessor may reasonably require from the party requesting such payment. Lessor shall have the right to deduct Lessor’s Fee from Lessor’s Contribution as and when Lessor makes disbursements from Lessor’s Contribution. Lessee agrees that Lessor’s Contribution must be applied relatively proportionately towards the payment of Improvements Costs for the entire Demised Premises.

 

4.2                               Lessor’s Contribution.  Lessor shall disburse an amount not to exceed Lessor’s Contribution toward the Improvement Costs; provided, however, that the portion of Lessor’s Contribution to be applied against Soft Costs shall not exceed Five Hundred Sixty-Two Thousand Nine Hundred Seventy-Two Dollars ($562,972.00).

 

4.3                               Disbursement of Lessor’s Contribution.

 

(a)                                 Lessor shall make progress payments to Lessee (or, at Lessee’s election, Lessee’s general contractor) from Lessor’s Contribution for the work performed during the previous month, less a retainage of ten percent (10%) of each progress payment (“Retainage”), such that if all conditions set forth in this Exhibit to Lessor’s obligation to make a progress payment have been satisfied and (i) the invoice for which Lessee seeks a progress payment states that the Retainage has been deducted from the total amount owed, the progress payment will be for entire amount that is then payable under such invoice, and (ii) the invoice for which Lessee seeks a progress payment does not state that the Retainage has been deducted from the total amount owed, the progress

 

 

payment will be for ninety percent (90%) of the invoiced amount. Prior to disbursement of the first progress payment, Lessor shall have received a copy of Lessee’s construction contract with the Contractor and Lessee’s budget (showing all Improvement Costs) for the Leasehold Improvements.  Each progress payment shall be limited to that fraction of the total amount of such payment, the numerator of which is the amount of Lessor’s Contribution and the denominator of which is the total contract price (or, if there is no specified or fixed contract price for the Leasehold Improvements, then Lessor’s reasonable estimate thereof) for the performance of all of the Leasehold Improvements shown Lessee’s Plans as approved by Lessor.

 

(b)                                 Prior to disbursement of the first progress payment, Lessor shall have approved Lessee’s construction contract with the Contractor and Lessee’s budget (showing all Improvement Costs) for the Leasehold Improvements, such approvals not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(c)                                  If Lessor receives Lessee’s request (together with the supporting documentation required hereunder) for a disbursement from Lessor’s Contribution on or before the twentieth (20th) day of a month, Lessor will make such disbursement not later than on the last day of the first calendar month following the calendar month during which Lessor received such request.  If Lessor receives Lessee’s request (together with the supporting documentation required hereunder) for a disbursement from Lessor’s Contribution after the twentieth (20th) day of a month, Lessor will make such disbursement not later than on the last day of the second calendar month following the calendar month during which Lessor received such request. Each of Lessee’s requisitions for a disbursement from Lessor’s Contribution shall be signed by Lessee’s Representative, shall set forth the names of each contractor and subcontractor to whom payment is due or for which Lessee seeks reimbursements for payments made by Lessee and the amount thereof, and shall be accompanied by:

 

(i)                                     with respect to the first requisition, copies of conditional waivers and releases of lien upon progress payment in such form as Lessor reasonably requires from all of Lessee’s Contractors and material suppliers covering all work and materials for which the progress payment is being made, and after the first requisition, copies of conditional waivers and releases of lien upon progress payment in such form as Lessor reasonably requires from all of Lessee’s Contractors and material suppliers covering all work and materials for which the progress payment is being made, together with copies of unconditional waivers and releases of lien upon progress payment in such form as Lessor reasonably requires from all of Lessee’s Contractors and material suppliers covering all work and materials which were the subject of previous progress payments by Lessor and Lessee;

 

(ii)                                  Lessee’s Architect’s written certification that the work for which the requisition is being made has been Substantially Completed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications; and

 

(iii)                               such other documents and information as Lessor may reasonably request.

 

(d)                                 Lessor shall disburse the Retainage upon submission by Lessee to Lessor of Lessee’s requisition therefor accompanied by all documentation required above, together with:

 

 

(i)                                     Lessee’s Architect’s written certification of final completion of the Leasehold Improvements in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. In addition, Lessor with the opportunity to inspect the Demised Premises so that Lessor can be reasonably satisfied of the final completion of the Leasehold Improvements in accordance with the Plans and Specifications;

 

(ii)                                  a copy of all certifications and approvals with respect to the Leasehold Improvements that may be required from any Governmental Authority and/or any board or fire underwriters or similar body for the use and/or reoccupancy of the Demised Premises;

 

(iii)                               final waivers and releases of lien in such form as Lessor reasonably requires from all of Lessee’s Contractors and material suppliers;

 

(iv)                              certificates of insurance evidencing all insurance coverage required under the Lease and this Work Agreement;

 

(v)                                 a copy of each guaranty, warranty and O&M manual in PDF format applicable to the Leasehold Improvements. At Lessor’s request, Lessee shall enforce, at Lessee’s expense, all guarantees and warranties made with respect to the Leasehold Improvements; and

 

(vi)                              final certified air balance reports for the Demised Premises.  Final “as-built” plans in electronic form prepared on the AutoCAD Computer Assisted Drafting and Design System, using naming conventions, as well as a copy thereof in PDF format.

 

4.4                               Special Application of Lessor’s Contribution. If any portion of Lessor’s Contribution remains after final payment of all Improvement Costs, such remaining portion shall be retained by and belong to Lessor.

 

4.5                               Additional Rent.  All amounts payable by Lessee pursuant to this Work Agreement shall be deemed to be additional rent for purposes of the Lease.

 

4.6                               Conditions to Advance. Any provision of the Lease or this Work Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Lessor shall have no obligation to make any payment or disbursement from Lessor’s Contribution (i) if the Lease is not in full force and effect or there exists any default by Lessee beyond any applicable notice and/or cure period; (ii) for any deposit or off-site prefabrication, whether for Leasehold Improvements, Lessee’s Equipment or otherwise; (iii) for any Leasehold Improvements that is not in place at the Demised Premises; or (iv) for any Lessee’s Equipment not located at the Demised Premises.

 

4.7                               Failure to Pay Contractors. Any provision of the Lease or this Work Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, assuming Lessor funds disbursement requests in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement, if Lessee does not pay any of Lessee’s Contractors or material suppliers, Lessor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to promptly pay to such contractor or supplier all sums so due from Lessee, and Lessee agrees the same shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be paid by Lessee within ten (10) days after Lessor delivers to Lessee an invoice therefor.

 

4.8                               Excess Costs.  If Lessor reasonably determines at any time that the Improvement Costs exceed or might exceed the remaining Lessor’s Contribution (the “Excess Cost”), Lessee shall pay such Excess Cost to Lessor within thirty (30) days after Lessee’s receipt of a written

 

 

request therefor.  Once Lessor has received the Excess Cost payment and the full amount of the Excess Cost held by Lessor has been used to pay Improvement Costs, Lessor shall apply the remaining Lessor’s Contribution towards payment of the Improvement Costs.

 

 

Annex 1

 

Requirements for Preliminary Space Plan

 

Floor plans showing partition arrangement including the following information:

 

a.                                      space plan showing the general layout of offices, open plan areas and special tenant areas;

 

b.                                      typical individual work station layouts;

 

c.                                       show door locations and door swings in partitions;

 

d.                                      identify general location and size of interconnecting stairs;

 

e                                          indicate preliminary furniture layout for typical offices and work stations, conference rooms, employee lounge, reception area, training room and print room;

 

f.                                        indicate locations for coffee rooms and shower rooms; and

 

g.                                       preliminary locations for built-in millwork.

 

 

Annex 2

 

Requirements for Final Space Plan and
 Design Development Review

 

Floor plans, together with related information for mechanical, electrical and plumbing design work, showing partition arrangement (3 sets), including without limitation the following information:

 

a.                                      identify the location of conference rooms and density of occupancy;

 

b.                                      indicate the density of occupancy for all rooms, except individual use rooms such as offices;

 

c.                                       identify the location of any food service areas or vending equipment rooms;

 

d.                                      identify areas, if any, requiring 24 hour air conditioning;

 

e.                                       indicate those partitions that are to extend from floor to underside of structural slab above or require special acoustical treatment;

 

f.                                        identify the location of rooms for telephone equipment other than Building core telephone closet, identify type of equipment for these rooms;

 

g.                                       identify the locations and types of plumbing required for toilets (other than core facilities), sinks, drinking fountains, etc.;

 

h.                                      indicate light switches in offices, conference rooms and all other rooms in the Demised Premises;

 

i.                                          indicate the layouts for specially installed equipment, including computer and duplicating equipment, the size and capacity of mechanical and electrical services required and heat rejection of the equipment;

 

j.                                         indicate the location of: (A) electrical receptacles one hundred twenty (120) volts, including receptacles for wall clocks, and telephone outlets and their respective locations (wall or floor), (B) electrical receptacles for use in the operation of Lessee’s business equipment which requires 208 volts or separate electrical circuits, (C) electronic calculating and CRT systems, etc., and (D) special audio-visual requirements;

 

k.                                      indicate proposed layout and location of any of special equipment (e.g., fire suppression equipment for computer room);

 

l.                                          indicate the swing of each door;

 

 

m.                                  indicate any special file systems to be installed which would require special construction; and

 

n.                                      lighting layouts for each floor.

 

 

Annex 3

 

Requirements for Plans and Specifications

 

Final architectural detail and working drawings, finish schedules and related plans in PDF format including without limitation the following information and/or meeting the following conditions:

 

a.                                      specifications of all materials, colors and suppliers/manufacturers of wallcoverings, floor coverings, ceiling systems, window coverings and other finishes; all millwork shall be fully detailed to the appropriate level for pricing and construction; all specialty items shall be identified as particular products; and paintings and decorative treatment required to complete all construction;

 

b.                                      complete, finished, detailed mechanical, electrical, plumbing and structural plans and specifications for the Leasehold Improvements, including but not limited to the fire and life safety systems and all work necessary to connect any special or non-standard facilities to the Building’s base mechanical systems; and

 

c.                                       all final floor plans must be drawn to a scale of one-eighth (l/8) inch to one (l) foot except for larger scaled detailed drawings.  Any architect or designer acting for or on behalf of Lessee shall be deemed to be Lessee’s agent in all respects with respect to the design and construction of the Demised Premises.

 

 

Annex 4

 

Construction Rules and Regulations

 

1.                                      Lessee and/or the general contractor will supply Lessor with a copy of all permits prior to the start of any work.

 

2.                                      Lessee and/or the general contractor will post the building permit, as required by applicable regulations, within the Demised Premises while work is being performed.

 

3.                                      The Lessee shall provide, in writing, prior to commencement of the work, the names and emergency numbers of all subcontractors, the general contractor superintendent, general contractor’s project manager and the Project Manager.

 

4.                                      No construction is to be started until the drawings required under the Work Agreement have been submitted and approved in writing by Lessor.

 

5.                                      Lessor is to be contacted by Lessee when work is completed for final inspection.  All damage to building will be determined at that time unless determined earlier.

 

6.                                      Any work that is to be performed in other than Lessee’s Demised Premises must be reviewed and scheduled in advance with the Lessor.

 

7.                                      Lessor will be notified of all work schedules of all workmen on the job and will be notified, in writing, in advance, of names of those who may be working in the building after “normal” business hours.

 

8.                                      Construction personnel must carry proper identification at all times.

 

9.                                      All workers to be appropriately dressed for their work responsibility.

 

10.                               Lessor must approve all roof top equipment and placement.  All penetrations must be cut and flashed by the roof warranty holder of the existing roof system.

 

11.                               Lessor shall designate contractor-parking areas (if any).

 

12.                               Contractor must notify Lessor two days prior to an independent air balancing service by a certified air balance company.  Lessor’s building engineer will accompany the contractor during their work. Lessor must receive a copy of the final approved balance report.

 

13.                               Before Lessor makes final payment, five sets of as-built and all O&M manuals as well as a CADD disc must be submitted to Lessor.

 

14.                               The general contractor and Lessee shall be responsible for all loss of their materials and tools and shall hold Lessor harmless for such loss and from any damages or claims resulting from the work.

 

 

15.                               The general contractor shall maintain insurance coverage throughout the job of a type(s), in amounts and issued by an insurance company, reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and licensed to write the type of coverage so required in the jurisdiction in which the Building is located. Prior to the commencement of work, a Certificate of Insurance must be submitted with the limits of coverage per the limits noted in the Lease with such parties being named as additional insureds as Lessor requires from time to time.

 

16.                               All key access, fire alarm work, or interruption of security hours must be arranged with the Lessor.

 

17.                               Proper supervision shall be maintained at the job site at all times and Lessee’s workmen, mechanics and contractors must not unreasonably interfere with the Buildings operations or Lessor.  Lessee’s workmen, mechanics and contractors shall use good faith efforts to work in harmony with and shall not unreasonably interfere with any labor employed by the property manager or any other Lessee, or their workmen, mechanics and contractors.

 

18.                               Lessor is to be notified in advance of all ties into Base Building Systems, welding, or any work affecting the base building or other tenant spaces unless agreed to otherwise, all tie-ins to base building fire alarm systems are performed by Lessor, designated contractor and cost borne by Lessee.

 

19.                               The following work, of which Lessor is to be notified in advance, must be done on overtime and not during normal business hours once any portion of the building is occupied (by tenants other than the property management office):

 

·                                          Demolition which per building manager’s judgment may cause disruption to other tenants.

 

·                                          Oil base painting (on multi-tenant floors)

 

·                                          Gluing of carpeting (on multi-tenant floors)

 

·                                          Shooting of studs for mechanical fastenings

 

·                                          Testing of life safety system, sprinkler tie-ins.

 

·                                          Work performed in occupied spaces.

 

·                                          Welding, brazing, soldering and burning with proper fire protection and ventilation.

 

·                                          Other activities that, in building manager’s judgment, may disturb other tenants.

 

20.                               All building shutdowns — electrical, plumbing, HVAC equipment, fire and life-safety must be coordinated with Lessor in advance. Lessor’s and Factory Mutual procedures for hot work, fire alarm and sprinkler shutdowns must be followed. Lessor’s on-site engineer will detail the requirements summarized below:

 

 

·                                          Smoke detectors must be bagged or cleaned daily and placed back in service at the end of each day.

 

·                                          Call outs for fire alarm and sprinkler systems must be made with and only with Lessor’s personnel and with the attached forms.  All systems must be put back into service at the end of each work day and working correctly.

 

·                                          Hot work, i.e., torch burning/cutting and welding must be permitted through Lessor’s personnel and contractor must use Lessor’s form.

 

·                                          When welding, contractor shall provide a fused disconnect switch for connection to building power supply and a Fire Watch.

 

·                                          Forms are to be provided at kickoff meeting.

 

21.                               Fire extinguishers supplied by the general contractor must be on the job-site at all times during demolition and construction

 

22.                               No building materials are to enter the building by way of main lobby, and no materials are to be stored in any lobbies or fire stairs at any time.

 

23.                               Contractors or personnel will use loading dock area for all deliveries and will not use loading dock for vehicle parking.

 

24.                               Passenger elevators shall not be used for moving building materials and shall not be used for construction personnel except in the event of an emergency.  The designated freight elevator and one or more protected passenger elevators are the only elevators to be used for moving materials and construction personnel.  These elevators may be used only when they are completely protected as reasonably determined by Lessor’s building engineer.

 

25.                               Protection of hallway carpets, wall coverings, and elevators from damage with masonite board, carpet, cardboard, or pads is required. They may be removed from time to time as reasonably requested by the Lessor.

 

26.                               Public spaces, corridors, elevators, bathrooms, lobby, etc. must be cleaned after use.  Construction debris or materials found in public areas will be removed at Lessee’s cost.

 

27.                               Contractors will remove their trash and debris daily or as often as necessary to maintain cleanliness in the building.  Building trash containers are not to be used for construction debris.  Lessor reserves the right to bill Lessee for any cost incurred to clean up debris left by the general contractor or any subcontractor (other than Contractor).

 

28.                               All construction materials or debris must be stored within the project confines or in an approved lock-up.

 

 

29.                               Contractors will be responsible for daily removal of waste foods, milk and soft drink containers, etc. to trash room and will not use any building trash receptacles but trash receptacles supplied by them.

 

30.                               Construction personnel are not to eat in the lobby or in front of building nor are they to congregate in the lobby or in front of building.

 

31.                               There will be no smoking, eating, or open food containers in the elevators, carpeted areas or public lobbies.

 

32.                               There will be no alcohol or controlled substances allowed or tolerated.

 

33.                               There will be no yelling or boisterous activities.

 

34.                               Radios shall not be played on job site, except that radios shall be permitted until the first tenant occupies any portion of the Building. In any event, radio volume shall be kept to a reasonable level as reasonably determined by Lessor.

 

35.                               Lessor shall grant access to the base building electrical, telephone and mechanical rooms.

 

36.                               No utilities (electricity, water, gas, plumbing) or services to the tenants are to be cut off or interrupted without first having requested, in writing, and secured, in writing, the permission of Lessor (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

37.                               No electrical services are to be put on the emergency circuit, without specific written approval from Lessor (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

38.                               When utility meters are installed, the general contractor must provide the property manager with a copy of the operating instructions for that particular meter.

 

39.                               All public areas such as elevator lobbies, corridors, toilets and service halls shall be protected with masonite and other such materials to the satisfaction of the building manager/representative or representative.

 

40.                               Trash and debris resulting from the work shall be confined to either the interior of the space under construction or an on-site dumpster.  If it is a dumpster, then such debris shall be kept within the confines of the dumpster.  The general contractor shall coordinate the location of the dumpster with the landlord and plywood shall be used to protect the surface from damage.

 

41.                               Contractor is responsible to keep the construction area safe and in a workmanlike manner. Machinery noise shall not interfere with the peaceful enjoyment of any tenant or their invitees to the building.  No smoking in the building will be allowed at any time.

 

42.                               Clear access to be provided at all times to stairwells, mechanical/electrical equipment and rooms, elevators, fire hoses, valves, fire dampers and maintenance sensitive equipment.

 

 

43.                               Adequate lighting is to be provided in construction areas to achieve a safe working environment.

 

44.                               A Lessee valve tag chart shall be submitted to the Lessor.

 

45.                               All piping and wiring systems shall be adequately supported from building structure.

 

46.                               The cleaning of condenser water pipes shall be done in the presence of the Lessor’s representative with the chemical used per the building’s chemical treatment company’s recommendation.

 

47.                               All mechanical and electrical equipment shall have permanent identification labels affixed.

 

48.                               Kitchen exhaust access doors must be clearly identified and accessible for periodic inspection as required by law.

 

49.                               All telecommunication cabling in common areas, mechanical equipment rooms, etc. shall be installed in an enclosed raceway and shall be identified.

 

50.                               All air handlers, CAV boxes and VAV boxes need pre-filters (construction filters) installed over filter bank and may require periodic changes during the construction period until each floor is complete at which time a change out of filters is required.  All units will be required to be cleaned thoroughly if the system is contaminated and this procedure is not maintained.

 

51.                               All mechanical, telephone, electrical and pump room floors within the Demised Premises, must be painted at the end of the job. Damaged, stained or new walls and pipe, etc. must be painted to match existing pipes and new pipes must match Lessor’s standard colors.

 

52.                               If Lessee uses any elevator(s) during the performance of the Leasehold Improvements, after all tenant construction is complete, the mechanical equipment within the elevator shaft needs to be cleaned by the elevator service provider at tenant contractor’s expense.  This includes rails, pits and tops of cabs, but does not include the walls of the shaft.EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 
  

 
  

ANIXTER INC. 
 the Company,

 ANIXTER INTERNATIONAL INC. 

the Guarantor 
 AND 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 

the Trustee 
 INDENTURE 

5.50% Senior Notes Due 2023 

Dated as of August 18, 2015 
  

 
  

 CROSS REFERENCE TABLE* 

 

					
	 Trust Indenture Act

Section
	 	 	  	 Indenture Section

	 §310(a)(l)
	 		  	6.07
	 (a)(2)
	 		  	6.07
	 (a)(3)
	 		  	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	 		  	N.A.
	 (a)(5)
	 		  	6.07
	 (b)
	 		  	6.08; 6.04
	 §311(a)
	 		  	6.11
	 (b)
	 		  	6.11
	 §312(a)
	 		  	7.01;7.02
	 (b)
	 		  	7.02
	 (c)
	 		  	7.02
	 §313(a)
	 		  	7.03
	 (b)
	 		  	7.03
	 (c)
	 		  	7.03
	 (d)
	 		  	7.03
	 §314(a)
	 		  	7.04; 10.04
	 (b)
	 		  	N.A.
	 (c)
	 		  	1.02
	 (d)
	 		  	N.A.
	 (e)
	 		  	1.02
	 (f)
	 		  	N.A.
	 §315(a)
	 		  	6.02
	 (b)
	 		  	6.01
	 (c)
	 		  	6.02
	 (d)
	 		  	6.02
	 (e)
	 		  	5.14
	 §316(a)(last sentence)
	 		  	1.01
	 (a)(1)(A)
	 		  	5.12
	 (a)(l)(B)
	 		  	5.13
	 (a)(2)
	 		  	N.A.
	 (b)
	 		  	5.08
	 (c)
	 		  	1.04
	 §317(a)(l)
	 		  	5.03
	 (a)(2)
	 		  	5.04
	 (b)
	 		  	10.03
	 §318(a)
	 		  	1.08

  

	* 	This table shall not be deemed a part of the Indenture. 

 N.A. means not applicable. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE ONE	  
	
	DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION	  
			
	 SECTION 1.01
	 	 Rules of Interpretation and Definitions
	  	 	1	  
			
	 SECTION 1.02
	 	 Compliance Certificates and Opinions
	  	 	12	  
			
	 SECTION 1.03
	 	 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee
	  	 	12	  
			
	 SECTION 1.04
	 	 Acts of Holders; Record Dates
	  	 	13	  
			
	 SECTION 1.05
	 	 Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Company and Guarantor
	  	 	14	  
			
	 SECTION 1.06
	 	 Notice to Holders; Waiver
	  	 	15	  
			
	 SECTION 1.07
	 	 Language of Notices
	  	 	15	  
			
	 SECTION 1.08
	 	 Applicability of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	15	  
			
	 SECTION 1.09
	 	 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents
	  	 	15	  
			
	 SECTION 1.10
	 	 Successors and Assigns
	  	 	15	  
			
	 SECTION 1.11
	 	 Separability Clause
	  	 	16	  
			
	 SECTION 1.12
	 	 Benefits of Indenture
	  	 	16	  
			
	 SECTION 1.13
	 	 Governing Law; Jury Trial Waiver
	  	 	16	  
			
	 SECTION 1.14
	 	 Legal Holidays
	  	 	16	  
			
	 SECTION 1.15
	 	 Execution in Counterparts
	  	 	16	  
			
	 SECTION 1.16
	 	 Patriot Act
	  	 	16	  
			
	 SECTION 1.17
	 	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	 	17	  
			
	 SECTION 1.18
	 	 Consent to Jurisdiction
	  	 	17	  
	
	ARTICLE TWO	  
	
	NOTE FORMS	  
			
	 SECTION 2.01
	 	 Forms Generally
	  	 	17	  
	
	ARTICLE THREE	  
	
	THE NOTES	  
			
	 SECTION 3.01
	 	 Title and Terms
	  	 	18	  
			
	 SECTION 3.02
	 	 Denominations
	  	 	18	  
			
	 SECTION 3.03
	 	 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating
	  	 	18	  
			
	 SECTION 3.04
	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	20	  
			
	 SECTION 3.05
	 	 Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	20	  
			
	 SECTION 3.06
	 	 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes
	  	 	21	  

  
 -i- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 SECTION 3.07
	 	 Payment of Principal and Interest; Interest Rights Preserved
	  	 	22	  
			
	 SECTION 3.08
	 	 Persons Deemed Owners
	  	 	23	  
			
	 SECTION 3.09
	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	23	  
			
	 SECTION 3.10
	 	 Computation of Interest
	  	 	23	  
			
	 SECTION 3.11
	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	24	  
			
	 SECTION 3.12
	 	 CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code Numbers
	  	 	24	  
			
	 SECTION 3.13
	 	 Issuance of Additional Notes
	  	 	24	  
	
	ARTICLE FOUR	  
	
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  
			
	 SECTION 4.01
	 	 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
	  	 	24	  
			
	 SECTION 4.02
	 	 Application of Trust Money.
	  	 	25	  
	
	ARTICLE FIVE	  
	
	REMEDIES	  
			
	 SECTION 5.01
	 	 Events of Default.
	  	 	26	  
			
	 SECTION 5.02
	 	 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.
	  	 	27	  
			
	 SECTION 5.03
	 	 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.
	  	 	28	  
			
	 SECTION 5.04
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
	  	 	29	  
			
	 SECTION 5.05
	 	 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes.
	  	 	29	  
			
	 SECTION 5.06
	 	 Application of Money Collected.
	  	 	30	  
			
	 SECTION 5.07
	 	 Limitation on Suits.
	  	 	30	  
			
	 SECTION 5.08
	 	 Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest.
	  	 	31	  
			
	 SECTION 5.09
	 	 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
	  	 	31	  
			
	 SECTION 5.10
	 	 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.
	  	 	31	  
			
	 SECTION 5.11
	 	 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.
	  	 	31	  
			
	 SECTION 5.12
	 	 Control by Holders.
	  	 	31	  
			
	 SECTION 5.13
	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults.
	  	 	32	  
			
	 SECTION 5.14
	 	 Undertaking for Costs.
	  	 	32	  
	
	ARTICLE SIX	  
	
	THE TRUSTEE	  
			
	 SECTION 6.01
	 	 Notice of Defaults.
	  	 	32	  

  
 -ii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 SECTION 6.02
	 	 Certain Rights and Obligations of Trustee.
	  	 	33	  
			
	 SECTION 6.03
	 	 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes.
	  	 	34	  
			
	 SECTION 6.04
	 	 May Hold Notes.
	  	 	35	  
			
	 SECTION 6.05
	 	 Money Held in Trust.
	  	 	35	  
			
	 SECTION 6.06
	 	 Compensation and Reimbursement.
	  	 	35	  
			
	 SECTION 6.07
	 	 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.
	  	 	36	  
			
	 SECTION 6.08
	 	 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.
	  	 	36	  
			
	 SECTION 6.09
	 	 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.
	  	 	37	  
			
	 SECTION 6.10
	 	 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.
	  	 	38	  
			
	 SECTION 6.11
	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.
	  	 	38	  
			
	 SECTION 6.12
	 	 Compliance with Tax Laws.
	  	 	38	  
			
	 SECTION 6.13
	 	 Appointment of Authenticating Agent.
	  	 	38	  
	
	ARTICLE SEVEN	  
	
	HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE, COMPANY AND GUARANTOR	  
			
	 SECTION 7.01
	 	 Company and Guarantor to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.
	  	 	40	  
			
	 SECTION 7.02
	 	 Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.
	  	 	40	  
			
	 SECTION 7.03
	 	 Reports by Trustee.
	  	 	40	  
			
	 SECTION 7.04
	 	 Reports by Company and the Guarantor.
	  	 	41	  
	
	ARTICLE EIGHT	  
	
	CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR TRANSFER	  
			
	 SECTION 8.01
	 	 Consolidations, Mergers and Sales Permitted Subject to Certain Conditions.
	  	 	41	  
			
	 SECTION 8.02
	 	 Rights and Duties of Successor Person.
	  	 	42	  
			
	 SECTION 8.03
	 	 Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel.
	  	 	42	  
	
	ARTICLE NINE	  
	
	SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES	  
			
	 SECTION 9.01
	 	 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.
	  	 	42	  
			
	 SECTION 9.02
	 	 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.
	  	 	43	  
			
	 SECTION 9.03
	 	 Execution of Supplemental Indentures; Opinions.
	  	 	44	  
			
	 SECTION 9.04
	 	 Effect of Supplemental Indentures.
	  	 	44	  
			
	 SECTION 9.05
	 	 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.
	  	 	45	  
			
	 SECTION 9.06
	 	 Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures.
	  	 	45	  

  
 -iii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE TEN	  
	
	COVENANTS	  
			
	 SECTION 10.01
	 	 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.
	  	 	45	  
			
	 SECTION 10.02
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
	  	 	45	  
			
	 SECTION 10.03
	 	 Money for Notes Payments To Be Held in Trust.
	  	 	46	  
			
	 SECTION 10.04
	 	 Statement by Officers as to Default.
	  	 	46	  
			
	 SECTION 10.05
	 	 Restriction on Creation of Secured Debt.
	  	 	47	  
			
	 SECTION 10.06
	 	 Restriction of Sales and Leaseback Transaction.
	  	 	49	  
			
	 SECTION 10.07
	 	 Waiver of Certain Covenants.
	  	 	49	  
	
	ARTICLE ELEVEN	  
	
	REDEMPTION OF NOTES	  
			
	 SECTION 11.01
	 	 Applicability of Article.
	  	 	50	  
			
	 SECTION 11.02
	 	 Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.
	  	 	50	  
			
	 SECTION 11.03
	 	 Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed.
	  	 	50	  
			
	 SECTION 11.04
	 	 Notice of Redemption.
	  	 	50	  
			
	 SECTION 11.05
	 	 Deposit of Redemption Price.
	  	 	51	  
			
	 SECTION 11.06
	 	 Notes Payable on Redemption Date.
	  	 	51	  
			
	 SECTION 11.07
	 	 Notes Redeemed in Part.
	  	 	52	  
			
	 SECTION 11.08
	 	 Redemption at the Election of the Company.
	  	 	52	  
			
	 SECTION 11.09
	 	 Purchase at the Election of Holders on a Change in Control.
	  	 	52	  
			
	 SECTION 11.10
	 	 Special Mandatory Redemption.
	  	 	53	  
	
	ARTICLE TWELVE	  
	
	DEFEASANCE	  
			
	 SECTION 12.01
	 	 Applicability of Article; Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance.
	  	 	54	  
			
	 SECTION 12.02
	 	 Defeasance and Discharge.
	  	 	54	  
			
	 SECTION 12.03
	 	 Covenant Defeasance.
	  	 	54	  
			
	 SECTION 12.04
	 	 Conditions of Defeasance.
	  	 	55	  
			
	 SECTION 12.05
	 	 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Miscellaneous.
	  	 	56	  
			
	 SECTION 12.06
	 	 Reinstatement.
	  	 	56	  

  
 -iv- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE THIRTEEN	  
	
	GUARANTEE AND SUBROGATION	  
			
	 SECTION 13.01
	 	 Guarantee.
	  	 	56	  
			
	 SECTION 13.02
	 	 Subrogation.
	  	 	57	  
			
	 SECTION 13.03
	 	 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee
	  	 	57	  
	
	ARTICLE FOURTEEN	  
	CORPORATE OBLIGATION ONLY	  
			
	 SECTION 14.01
	 	 Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations.
	  	 	57	  
		
	 APPENDIX & EXHIBITS
	  			
		
	 Rule 144A / Regulation S. Appendix
	  			
	 EXHIBIT 1 to Rule 144A / Regulation S Appendix – Form of Initial Note
	  			
	 EXHIBIT 2 to Rule 144A / Regulation S Appendix – Form of Transferee Letter of Representation
	  			
	 EXHIBIT 3 to Rule 144A / Regulation S. Appendix – Form of Non-U.S. Beneficial Ownership Certification by Euroclear or
Clearstream Luxembourg
	  			
		
	 EXHIBIT A – Form of Exchange Note
	  			

  
 -v- 

 INDENTURE 

INDENTURE, dated as of August 18, 2015, by and among ANIXTER INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws
of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), ANIXTER INTERNATIONAL INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and the parent corporation of the Company (the “Guarantor”), and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 RECITALS OF THE
COMPANY 
 A. The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for (i) the issuance of 5.50%
Senior Notes Due 2023 issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) if and when issued as required by the Registration Rights Agreement dated the date hereof, among the Company, the Guarantor and Wells Fargo Securities,
LLC, as representative of the several Initial Purchasers (as defined therein) (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), 5.50% Senior Exchange Notes Due 2023 issued in an Exchange Offer in exchange for any Initial Notes (the “Exchange
Notes,” and collectively with the Initial Notes, the “Notes”), of substantially the tenor and amount hereinafter set forth. 

B. All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done. 

RECITALS OF THE GUARANTOR 

A. The Company is a direct subsidiary of the Guarantor and the Guarantor desires to make the Guarantee provided for herein. 

B. All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Guarantor, in accordance with its terms, have been done. 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH: 

That, in order to declare the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the
premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders (as defined herein) thereof, the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee covenant and agree with each other, for the benefit of each other and of all Holders from time to time of the Notes, as
follows: 
 ARTICLE ONE 

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION 

SECTION 1.01 Rules of Interpretation and Definitions. 

For all purposes of this Indenture and of any supplemental indenture hereto, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context
otherwise requires: 
 (1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and
include the plural as well as the singular; 
 (2) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings
assigned to them in accordance with GAAP; 

 (3) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder”
and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; 

(4) the word “or” is not exclusive; 

(5) the word “including” means including without limitation; 

(6) all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall refer to the Issue Date; 

(7) all references, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to
include any Additional Interest (as herein defined) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; and 
 (8) words in the
singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular. 
 This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the
Trust Indenture Act (as herein defined), which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. All other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act (as defined herein), either directly or by reference therein,
have the meanings assigned to them therein. 
 “Acquisition” means the acquisition by the Company of all of the issued and
outstanding equity interests in and assets of the Power Solutions business as provided for in the Acquisition Agreement. 

“Acquisition Agreement” means that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2015, by and among the Company, the
Guarantor, HD Supply Inc., and certain subsidiaries of HD Supply as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms or in a manner not materially adverse to the Holders of Notes as
determined in good faith by the Company. 
 “Act,” when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in
Section 1.04. 
 “Additional Interest” means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement. 
 “Additional Interest Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01 of this Indenture. 

“Additional Notes” means any Notes issued by the Company pursuant to Section 3.13 of this Indenture. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with the specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of that Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent, or Notes Custodian. 

  
 -2- 

 “Appendix” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01 of this Indenture.

 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note on any date of redemption, the greater of (1) 1.0% of the principal
amount of such Note and (2) the excess of (a) the present value at such time of the principal amount that, but for the redemption, would have been payable on the maturity date of the Note, plus all remaining scheduled payments of interest
on such Note that, but for the redemption, would have been payable on the Note (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (b) the then
outstanding principal amount of such Note. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any payment, tender, redemption,
transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such payment, tender, redemption, transfer or exchange. 

“Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.13 to act on behalf of the
Trustee to authenticate the Notes. 
 “Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Company or any duly
authorized committee thereof and, with respect to the Guarantor, either the board of directors of the Guarantor or any duly authorized committee thereof. 

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution delivered to the Trustee that is certified by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Guarantor to have been duly adopted by the applicable Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification. 

“Borrowing Base” means, at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (1) 85% of the book value of the accounts receivable of the
Company, the Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) 70% of the book value of the inventory of the Company, the Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, calculated in accordance with GAAP. 

“Business Day” when used with respect to any Place of Payment, means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is
not a day on which banking institutions in the Place of Payment are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close. 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however
designated, whether voting or non-voting) in equity of such Person, whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or issued thereafter, including, without limitation, all common stock and preferred stock. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) United States dollars; 

(2) U.S. Government Obligations having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; 

(3) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such
state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition thereof, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either S&P or Moody’s; 

  
 -3- 

 (4) certificates of deposit, demand deposit accounts and eurodollar time deposits
with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any U.S. commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500
million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better; 
 (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more
than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; 

(6) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and, in each case, maturing
within one year after the date of acquisition; and 
 (7) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute
Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition. 
 “Change of Control” means such
time as: 
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or
consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of
the Exchange Act) other than the Guarantor or a Subsidiary; 
 (2) a “person” or “group” (within the
meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) becomes the ultimate “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Guarantor on a
fully diluted basis; 
 (3) the failure of the Guarantor to own 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Company,
provided that up to 3% of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company may be issued or transferred to employees of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries without such issuance or transfer constituting a Change of Control; 

(4) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the Guarantor; or 

(5) the Company or the Guarantor consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or
merges with or into the Company or the Guarantor, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, or such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash,
securities or other property, other than any such transaction where (a) the Voting Stock of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, outstanding immediately prior to such transaction constitutes or is converted into or exchanged for a
majority of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock of the surviving Person or any direct or indirect parent company of the surviving Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance) and (b) immediately after such transaction, no
“person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes, directly or indirectly, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more
of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person. 

  
 -4- 

 “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time
constituted, created under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act,
then the body performing such duties on such date. 
 “Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first
paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person. 

“Company Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order delivered to the Trustee that is signed in the name
of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its President or any Vice President, and by its Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, its Controller, any Assistant Controller, its Secretary or any Assistant Secretary. 

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, in each case, with respect to the Guarantor (a) the total amount of assets (less
applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting therefrom (i) all liabilities and liability items, except for indebtedness payable by its terms more than one year from the date of incurrence thereof (or renewable or
extendable at the option of the obligor for a period ending more than one year after such date of incurrence), capitalized rent, capital stock (including redeemable preferred stock) and surplus, surplus reserves and deferred income taxes and credits
and other non-current liabilities, and (ii) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount, unamortized expenses incurred in the issuance of debt, and other like intangibles which, in each case, under generally
accepted accounting principles in effect on the date of the Indenture would be included on a consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less (b) loans, advances, equity investments and guarantees (other than
accounts receivable arising from the sale of merchandise in the ordinary course of business) at the time outstanding that were made or incurred by the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, in or for Unrestricted Subsidiaries or to, in or for
corporations while they were Restricted Subsidiaries and which at the time of computation are Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Corporate
Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business in relation to this Indenture shall be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Indenture is located at
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 150 East 42nd Street, 40th Floor, New York, New York 10017, Attn: Corporate, Municipal, and Escrow Solutions, and for purposes of Section 3.05 and Section 3.07 such office shall also mean the office
or agency of the Trustee located at 608 Second Avenue South, N9303-121, Minneapolis, MN 55479, Attn: Corporate Trust Operations. 

“covenant defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 12.03. 

“Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities, indentures, secured or unsecured capital market
financings or other debt issuances, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special
purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or other borrowings, capital markets financings or other debt issuances, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced in
any manner (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including refinancing with any capital markets transaction or otherwise by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to
time. 
 “default” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01. 

  
 -5- 

 “Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07. 

“defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 12.02. 

“Depositary” means DTC, its nominees and their respective successors. 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Exchange Notes” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture. 

“Exchange Offer” means the Exchange Offer as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” means the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights
Agreement. 
 “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01. 

“Funded Debt” means all indebtedness for borrowed money having a maturity of more than 12 months from the date as of which the
amount thereof is to be determined; it being understood that debt outstanding under a revolving credit or similar agreement which may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed (and reimbursement obligations relating to letters of credit) shall not
constitute Funded Debt. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as of the date or time of
any computation hereunder. 
 “Global Note” has the meaning specified in the Appendix. 

“Guarantee” means the guarantee of the Guarantor set forth in Section 13.01. 

“Guarantor” means the Person named as the “Guarantor” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor
corporation shall become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Guarantor” shall mean such successor corporation. 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register. 

“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more
indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof. 
 “Initial Notes” has the meaning
specified in the first recital of this Indenture. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued
on the Issue Date, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. and PNC Capital Markets LLC and (2) with respect to each issuance of
Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement. 
 “Interest Payment Date”
means March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning March 1, 2016, to and including the Stated Maturity. 

  
 -6- 

 “Issue Date” means August 18, 2015. 

“Maturity,” when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the principal of such Note or an installment of principal
becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of redemption or otherwise. 

“Notes” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly means any Notes authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase, and unless the context otherwise
requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. 

“Note Register” and “Note Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.05. 

“Offer to Purchase” means an offer to purchase Notes then outstanding by the Company from the holders commenced by mailing or
sending a notice to the Trustee and each holder stating: 
 (1) that all Notes validly tendered will be accepted for payment;

 (2) the purchase price and the date of purchase (which shall be a business day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60
days from the date such notice is mailed or sent) (the “Payment Date”); 
 (3) that any Note not tendered will
continue to accrue interest pursuant to its terms; 
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase
price, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Payment Date; 

(5) that holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender the Note,
together with the form entitled “Option of the Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse side of the Note completed, to the paying agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the business day immediately
preceding the Payment Date (or in accordance with Applicable Procedures if Global Notes); 
 (6) that holders will be
entitled to withdraw their election if the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third business day immediately preceding the Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such holder, the
principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased (or in accordance with Applicable Procedures if Global Notes); and 

(7) that holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or through book entry transaction if Global Notes); provided that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 “Officer” means the Company’s Chairman of the Board, its President or any Vice President, its Treasurer, any Assistant
Treasurer, its Controller, any Assistant Controller, its Secretary or any Assistant Secretary. 

  
 -7- 

 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate delivered to the Trustee that is
signed by the Company’s Chairman of the Board, its President or any Vice President, and by its Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, its Controller, any Assistant Controller, its Secretary or any Assistant Secretary. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel from counsel for the Company or the Guarantor (who may be an employee of the
Company or the Guarantor). 
 “Outside Date” has the meaning specified in Section 11.10. 

“Outstanding,” when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all Notes which are authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture, except: 
 (i) Notes previously canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation; 
 (ii) Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been previously deposited with
the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be
redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; 

(iii) Notes, except to the extent provided in Sections 12.02 and 12.03, with respect to which the Company has
effected defeasance as provided in Article Twelve; and 
 (iv) Notes which have been paid pursuant to
Section 3.06 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof
satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Notes are valid obligations of the Company; 
 provided,
however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder and for the purpose of making the
calculations required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except
that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such calculation or relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be
so disregarded. 
 “Paying Agent” means any Person (including the Company acting in the capacity of Paying Agent) authorized by
the Company to pay the principal of, premium (if any), or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Company. 
 “Person” means any
individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or any other entity or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. 

“Place of Payment” when used with respect to the Notes means the Corporate Trust Office, or the place or places where the principal
of and any premium and interest on the Notes are payable as specified by the Company pursuant to Section 10.03. 

  
 -8- 

 “Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a
portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 3.06 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen
Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note. 
 “Principal Facility” means any
land, building, machinery or equipment, or leasehold interests and improvements in respect of the foregoing, owned, on the date of the Indenture or thereafter, by the Guarantor, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, which has a gross book value
(without deduction for any depreciation reserves) at the date as of which the determination is being made of in excess of one percent of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, other than any such land, building, machinery or equipment, or leasehold
interests and improvements in respect of the foregoing which, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Guarantor (evidenced by a Board Resolution), is not of material importance to the business conducted by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole. 
 “Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such
redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the
price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Company, the Guarantor and the other parties thereto,
as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act. 

“Regular Record Date” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01. 

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice
President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be
such officers as are assigned by the Trustee to administer this Indenture, respectively, or any other officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred at the Trustee’s Corporate Trust Office because of that person’s knowledge of and
familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted
Subsidiary and (b) any Subsidiary that was an Unrestricted Subsidiary but which, subsequent to the date of the Indenture, is designated by the Guarantor and the Company (evidenced by a resolution of their respective Boards of Directors) to be a
Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Guarantor and the Company may not designate any such Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the Guarantor or the Company would thereby breach any covenant or agreement contained herein
(on the assumption that any transaction to which such Subsidiary was a party at the time of such designation and which would have given rise to Secured Debt or constituted a Sale and Leaseback Transaction at the time it was entered into had such
Subsidiary then been a Restricted Subsidiary was entered into at the time of such designation). 
 “Sale and Leaseback
Transaction” means any sale or transfer made by the Guarantor, the Company or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries (except a sale or transfer made to the Guarantor, the Company or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries) of any Principal Facility
that (in the case of a Principal 

  
 -9- 

 
Facility which is a building or equipment) has been in operation, use or commercial production (exclusive of test and start-up periods) by the Guarantor, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
for more than 180 days prior to such sale or transfer, or that (in the case of a Principal Facility that is a parcel of real property not containing a building) has been owned by the Guarantor, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for more than
180 days prior to such sale or transfer, if such sale or transfer is made with the intention of leasing, or as part of an arrangement involving the lease of such Principal Facility to the Guarantor, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (except a
lease for a period not exceeding 36 months made with the intention that the use of the leased Principal Facility by the Guarantor, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will be discontinued on or before the expiration of such period);
provided, however, that the creation of any Secured Debt permitted under Section 10.05 shall not be deemed to create or be considered a Sale and Leaseback Transaction. 

“Secured Debt” means any indebtedness for money borrowed by, or evidenced by a note or other similar instrument of, the Guarantor,
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and any other indebtedness of the Guarantor, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on which, by the terms of such indebtedness, interest is paid or payable, including obligations evidenced or secured by
leases, installment sales agreements or other instruments (other than indebtedness owed by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Guarantor or the Company, or by a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary, or by the Guarantor or the Company to
a Restricted Subsidiary), which in any such case is secured by (a) a Security Interest in any property or assets of the Guarantor, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) a Security Interest in any shares of stock owned directly
or indirectly by the Guarantor or the Company in a Restricted Subsidiary or in indebtedness for money borrowed by a Restricted Subsidiary from the Guarantor, the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary. The securing in the foregoing manner of any
previously unsecured debt shall be deemed to be the creation of Secured Debt at the time such security is given. The amount of Secured Debt at any time outstanding shall be the aggregate amount then owing thereon by the Guarantor, the Company and
the Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Security Interest” means any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or other security interest which secures payment or performance of
an obligation. 
 “Senior Funded Debt” means any obligation of the Guarantor, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which
constituted Funded Debt as of the date of its creation and that, in the case of such Funded Debt of the Guarantor and the Company, is not subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment of the Notes. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Special Mandatory Redemption” has the meaning specified in Section 11.10. 

“Special Mandatory Redemption Date” has the meaning specified in Section 11.10. 

“Special Mandatory Redemption Event” has the meaning specified in Section 11.10. 

“Special Mandatory Redemption Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 11.10. 

“Special Mandatory Redemption Price” has the meaning specified in Section 11.10. 

  
 -10- 

 “Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by
the Company pursuant to Section 3.07. 
 “Stated Maturity” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01. 

“Subsidiary” means a corporation, association, partnership or other entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is
owned, directly or indirectly, by the Guarantor, the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Guarantor, the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries. 

“Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity
(as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published,
any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to the maturity date of the Note; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to the maturity date of the
Note is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly
average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to the maturity date of the Note is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 
 “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939, as amended, as in force at the date as of which this instrument is qualified (to the extent required by law) under such act, except as provided by Section 9.05. 

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee
shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder. 

“United States” means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia), its territories and
possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary acquired or
organized after the date of the Indenture, provided, however, that such Subsidiary is not a successor, directly or indirectly, to, and does not directly or indirectly own any equity interest in, any Restricted Subsidiary, (b) any
Subsidiary the principal business and assets of which are located outside the United States, (c) any Subsidiary the principal business of which consists of financing the acquisition or disposition of machinery, equipment, inventory, accounts
receivable and other real, personal and intangible property by Persons including the Guarantor, the Company or a Subsidiary, (d) any Subsidiary the principal business of which is owning, leasing, dealing in or developing real property for
residential or office building purposes, and (e) any Subsidiary substantially all the assets of which consist of stock or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the character described in clauses
(a) through (d) of this paragraph, unless and until, in each of the cases specified in this paragraph, any such Subsidiary shall have been designated to be a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of
“Restricted Subsidiary.” 
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (x) direct obligations of the
United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (y) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the full and timely
payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof. 

  
 -11- 

 “value” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05. 

“Vice President” when used with respect to the Trustee means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or
words added before or after the title “vice president,” and when used with respect to the Company means any vice president who is an officer of the Company, whether or not designated by a number or word or words before such title. 

“Voting Stock” means with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the
election of directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person. 
 SECTION 1.02
Compliance Certificates and Opinions. 
 Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied
with and, other than in connection with the authentication of the Initial Notes, an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such
application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. 

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 

(1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the
definitions herein relating thereto; 
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a
statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with;
and 
 (4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been
complied with. 
 SECTION 1.03 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. 

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that
all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other
such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents. 

  
 -12- 

 Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to
legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which such officer’s certificate or opinion is based
are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters or information which is in the possession of the Company, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or
officers of the Company, unless such counsel knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous. Any Opinion of Counsel may be stated to be based on the opinion of other counsel, in which event it
shall be accompanied by a copy of such other opinion. 
 Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications,
requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 

SECTION 1.04 Acts of Holders; Record Dates. 

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become
effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is expressly hereby required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes
referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to
Section 315 of the Trust Indenture Act) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section. 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including a Depositary that is a Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take,
by a proxy, or proxies, duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and a Depositary that is a
Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interest in any such Global Note. 
 (b) The fact and
date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, and the authority of the Person executing the same, may be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient. 

(c) The Company may set any day as the record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Notes entitled to give or take any request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, or to vote on any action, authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders of Notes. With regard to any record date set pursuant to this Subsection (c), the Holders of
Outstanding Notes on such record date (or their duly appointed agents), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to give or take the relevant action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. With regard to any action that
may be given or taken hereunder only by Holders of a requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes (or their duly appointed agents) and for which a record date is set pursuant to this Subsection (c), the Company may, at its option, set an
expiration date after which no such action purported to be given or taken by any Holder shall be effective hereunder unless given or taken on or prior to such expiration date by Holders of the requisite principal amounts of Outstanding Notes on such
record date (or their duly appointed agents). On or prior to any expiration date set pursuant to this Subsection (c), the Company may, on one or more occasions at its option, extend such date to any later date. Nothing in this Subsection
(c) shall prevent any Holder (or any duly appointed agent thereof) from 

  
 -13- 

 
giving or taking, after any expiration date, any action identical to, or, at any time, contrary to or different from any action given or taken, or purported to have been given or taken, hereunder
by a Holder on or prior to such date, in which event the Company may set a record date in respect thereof pursuant to this Subsection (c). 

(d) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register. 

(e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future
Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange thereof or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, any Note Registrar, any
Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent, or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 

SECTION 1.05 Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Company and Guarantor. 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this
Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with, 
 (1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company
shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or at such other address as previously furnished in writing to the Holders and the Company by the
Trustee for such purpose, or 
 (2) the Company or the Guarantor by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for
every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, registered or certified mail postage prepaid, or delivered by nationally recognized overnight delivery service guaranteeing next day delivery, in the case
of the Company, to the Company addressed to it at 2301 Patriot Boulevard, Glenview, Illinois 60026-8020, Attn: Secretary, or at such other address as previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company for such purpose and, in the case of
the Guarantor, to the Guarantor addressed to it at 2301 Patriot Boulevard, Glenview, Illinois 60026-8020, Attn: Secretary, or at such other address as previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Guarantor for such purpose. 

The Trustee agrees to accept instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or
other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated
persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Company elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar
electronic method) and the Trustee acts upon such instructions as required or permitted by this Indenture, then the Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon
and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Company agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit
instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties. 

  
 -14- 

 SECTION 1.06 Notice to Holders; Waiver. 

Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly
provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or if electronically, by any appropriate applicable mean, in each case to each Holder of the Notes affected by such event, at such Holder’s address as it appears in the Note
Register, not later than the latest date (if any), and not earlier than the earliest date (if any), prescribed for the giving of such notice. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event
(including any notice of redemption or repurchase) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from the
Depositary or its designee, including by electronic mail in accordance with Applicable Procedures. 
 In any case where notice to Holders is
given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Any notice mailed to the Holder in the manner herein
prescribed shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by such Holder, whether or not such Holder actually receives such notice. In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be
impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder. 

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice,
either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in
reliance upon such waiver. 
 SECTION 1.07 Language of Notices. 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the
English language, except that, if the Company so elects, any published notice may be in an official language of the country of publication. 

SECTION 1.08 Applicability of Trust Indenture Act. 

If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any duties under any required provision of the Trust Indenture Act deemed included
herein by Section 318(c) thereof, such required provision shall control. 
 SECTION 1.09 Effect of Headings and Table of
Contents. 
 The Article and Section headings herein, the Trust Indenture act Cross Reference Table, and the Table of Contents are
for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 SECTION 1.10 Successors and Assigns. 

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee shall bind their respective successors and
assigns, whether so expressed or not. 

  
 -15- 

 SECTION 1.11 Separability Clause. 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 SECTION 1.12 Benefits of
Indenture. 
 Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the
parties hereto, any Note Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent, and their successors hereunder and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. 

SECTION 1.13 Governing Law; Jury Trial Waiver. 

This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the
conflict of laws principals thereof. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTOR, AND THE TRUSTEE, AND BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, EACH HOLDER OF A SECURITY, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES, THE GUARANTEE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

SECTION 1.14 Legal Holidays. 

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Note or any date by which any report or
other information is due pursuant to any provision of this Indenture shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or such Notes) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) or delivery of such
report or information need not be made on or by such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect (a) with respect to any payment, as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date or at the
Stated Maturity or Maturity, and (b) with respect to any such report or other information, as if delivered by the stated due date. No interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated
Maturity or Maturity, as the case may be, to such next succeeding Business Day. 
 SECTION 1.15 Execution in
Counterparts. 
 This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but
such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to
the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

SECTION 1.16 Patriot Act. 

The Company and the Guarantor acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial
institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the
Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act. 

  
 -16- 

 SECTION 1.17 Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

Upon qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, if any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with
another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, the provision required by the Trust Indenture Act shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust
Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or excluded, as the case may be. 

SECTION 1.18 Consent to Jurisdiction. 

Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Related
Proceedings”) may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the City of New York (collectively, the “Specified
Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail (to
the extent allowed under any applicable statute or rule of court) to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and
unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim any such suit, action or other proceeding has been
brought in an inconvenient forum. 
 ARTICLE TWO 

NOTE FORMS 
 SECTION
2.01 Forms Generally. 
 Provisions relating to the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are set forth in the Rule 144A /
Regulation S Appendix attached hereto (the “Appendix”), which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made part of, this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form
of Exhibit 1 to the Appendix, which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made a part of, this Indenture. The Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby
incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such
notation, legend or endorsement is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in the Appendix and exhibits thereto are part of the terms of this
Indenture. 

  
 -17- 

 ARTICLE THREE 

THE NOTES 
 SECTION
3.01 Title and Terms. 
 The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and issued under this Indenture
is not limited; provided, however, that any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture rank pari passu with the Initial Notes, are issued in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the
same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes. Any Additional Notes shall be issued pursuant to a supplemental indenture to this Indenture. 

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “5.50% Senior Notes Due 2023” of the Company. The stated maturity of the Notes shall
be March 1, 2023 (the “Stated Maturity”), and the Notes shall bear interest at the rate provided in the Notes from August 18, 2015, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided
for, until the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for and to the Person in whose name the Note (or any Predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on the February 15 and August 15 immediately preceding such Interest
Payment Date (each, whether or not a Business Day, a “Regular Record Date”). 
 The principal of (and premium, if any), interest
and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their
respective addresses set forth in the Note Register; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, with respect to Notes represented by one or more permanent global Notes registered in the
name of or held by the Depositary or its nominee shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. 

Holders shall have the right to require the Company to purchase their Notes, in whole or in part, in the event of a Change of Control pursuant
to Section 11.09. The Notes shall be subject to mandatory redemption pursuant as provided in Section 11.10. 
 The
Notes shall be redeemable as provided in Article Eleven of this Indenture and Paragraph 5 of the Notes. 
 The due and punctual payment of
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes payable by the Company is irrevocably unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth herein, by the Guarantor. 

SECTION 3.02 Denominations. 

The Notes of shall be issuable in registered form without coupons. The Notes shall be issuable in denominations of $2,000 and any integral
multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 SECTION 3.03 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating. 

The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company. The signature of such Officer on the Notes may be manual or
facsimile signature of the present or any future such authorized officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Notes. 

  
 -18- 

 Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of an individual who was at any time a proper
officer of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individual ceased to hold such office prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such office at the date of such Notes. 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to
the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes. 

On the Issue Date, the Company shall deliver the Initial Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $350,000,000 executed by the Company to
the Trustee for authentication, together with an Company Order directing the Trustee to authenticate the Notes and certifying that all conditions precedent to the issuance of Notes contained herein have been fully complied with, and the Trustee in
accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Initial Notes. At any time and from time to time after the Issue Date, the Company may deliver Additional Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication,
together with an Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Additional Notes, directing the Trustee to authenticate the Additional Notes and certifying that all conditions precedent to the issuance of Notes contained herein have been
fully complied with, and the Trustee in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Additional Notes. 
 Upon
receipt of an Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate for original issue Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $350,000,000 plus the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes; provided that such Exchange Notes
shall be issuable only upon the valid surrender for cancellation of Initial Notes and any Additional Notes of a like aggregate principal amount in accordance with an Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and an Company Order
for the authentication and delivery of such Exchange Notes and certifying that all conditions precedent to the issuance of such Exchange Notes are complied with. In each case, the Trustee shall receive a Company Order, an Officers’ Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company that it may reasonably require in connection with such authentication of Notes. Such Company Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to
be authenticated. 
 Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for in the applicable exhibit to the Appendix, duly executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized signatory, and such certificate upon the applicable Note shall be
conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. 

In case the Company or the Guarantor, pursuant to Article Eight of this Indenture, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other
Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Company or
the Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed a supplemental indenture hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article Eight of this
Indenture, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the 

  
 -19- 

 
successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like
tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon an Company Request of the successor Person, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such request for the purpose of such exchange. If
Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders
but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name. 

SECTION 3.04 Temporary Notes. 

Pending the preparation of definitive Notes, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and make available
for delivery, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such
appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Notes may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes. Such temporary Notes may be in the form of Global Notes. 

If temporary Notes are issued, the Company will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of
definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable, subject to Section 3.05 hereof, for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, without charge to the
Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor one or more definitive Notes, of any authorized
denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor. Until so exchanged the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes. 

SECTION 3.05 Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange. 

The Company shall cause to be kept a register (the register maintained by the Trustee, any agent or in any other office or agency of the
Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes referred to as the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Notes and transfers of Notes.
Unless the Company or another agent is designated as the Note Registrar pursuant to Section 3.01, the Trustee is hereby appointed “Note Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes on such Note
Register as herein provided at the Corporate Trust Office. 
 Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or
agency in a Place of Payment, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes, of any authorized denominations and of a
like aggregate principal amount and tenor. No Note to be issued upon exchange of an Outstanding Note shall be issued in a denomination less than $2,000. 

At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes, of any authorized denomination or denominations and of a like aggregate
principal amount and tenor, upon surrender of such Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency, and upon payment of any taxes or governmental charges as hereinafter provided. Whenever any such Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company
shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, the Notes 

  
 -20- 

 
which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive; provided that no exchange of Notes for Exchange Notes shall occur until an Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall have been
declared effective by the SEC, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate confirming that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission and the Initial Notes to be exchanged for the
Exchange Notes shall be cancelled by the Trustee. 
 All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the
valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly
endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. 

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Company or the Trustee shall require payment of
a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of such Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.04, 9.06 or 11.07 not
involving any transfer. 
 SECTION 3.06 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes. 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company, together with such security, bond or indemnity as may be required by the
Company or the Trustee to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor a new Note and of like tenor and principal amount
and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. 
 If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to
their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note; and (ii) such security, bond or indemnity in a form satisfactory to both of them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to
the Company or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of
like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. 
 Notwithstanding the provisions of the previous
paragraphs of this Section, in case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 

Upon the issuance of any Note under this Section, the Company or the Trustee shall require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or
other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee), if any, connected therewith. 

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional
contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately and with any and all other
Notes duly issued hereunder. A new Note shall have such legends as are on the old Note, unless the Company provides otherwise. 

  
 -21- 

 The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other
rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 
 SECTION
3.07 Payment of Principal and Interest; Interest Rights Preserved. 
 Interest on any Note which is payable, and is
punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the
office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 10.02; provided that, subject to Section 3.01 hereof, each installment of interest may at the Company’s option be paid by
(1) mailing a check for such interest, payable to or upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 3.05, to the address of such Person as it appears in the Note Register or (2) transfer to an account
located in the United States maintained by the payee. 
 Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly
provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Notes (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such
Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below: 

(1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their
respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of
Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such
Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted
Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Company shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not
less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, the Trustee shall cause notice of
the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class posted prepaid, to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s address as it appears in the Note Register, or sent to the Depositary in
accordance with Applicable Procedures, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so sent or mailed, such Defaulted Interest
shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2). 

(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Notes in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with
the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes in respect of which interest is in default are listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange. 

  
 -22- 

 Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note delivered under this Indenture
upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note. 

The Company will be responsible for making calculations called for under the Notes, including but not limited to determination of redemption
price, premium, if any, and any additional amounts or other amounts payable on the Notes. The Company will make the calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on the Holders. The Company will
provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee when requested by the Trustee, and the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification. 

Principal, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the
Company, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due on the Notes. 

SECTION 3.08 Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat
the Person in whose name such Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium (if any), and (subject to Sections 3.05 and 3.07) any interest on such Note and for all other
purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Global Note, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the
Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any Depositary, as a Holder, with respect to such Global Note or impair, as between such Depositary and owners of beneficial interests
in such Global Note, the operation of Applicable Procedures or customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of such Depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of such Global Note. 

SECTION 3.09 Cancellation. 

All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee,
be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner
whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all such Notes so delivered shall be
promptly canceled by the Trustee. Global Notes shall be canceled or their principal balance reduced in accordance with Applicable Procedures. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes canceled as provided in this
Section. All canceled Notes held by the Trustee shall be retained and disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures and applicable law. 

SECTION 3.10 Computation of Interest. 

Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. No interest will accrue with respect
to the 31st day of any month. 

  
 -23- 

 SECTION 3.11 Transfer and Exchange. 

The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer. When a
Note is presented to the Note Register or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Note Register shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture and Section 8-401(a) of the Uniform Commercial Code
are met. When Notes are presented to the Note Register or a co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Note Register shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements
are met. 
 SECTION 3.12 CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code Numbers. 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP,” “ISIN” or “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use),
and, if so, the Trustee may use “CUSIP,” “ISIN” or “Common Code” numbers in notices as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the
correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such notice shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers. 

SECTION 3.13 Issuance of Additional Notes. 

The Company may issue additional Notes having identical terms and conditions to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, other than with
respect to the date of issuance and issue price (the “Additional Notes”). The Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture;
provided that if the Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, they will be issued with a different CUSIP. Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date and Exchange
Notes issued for any Additional Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture; provided that if the Exchange Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes and/or Additional Notes, as applicable,
for U.S. federal income tax purposes, they will be issued with a different CUSIP. 
 ARTICLE FOUR 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

SECTION 4.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. 

This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes herein
expressly provided for), and the Trustee, upon receipt of such Company Request and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture when: 

(1) either 

(A) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and
which have been replaced or paid for as provided in Section 3.06; and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or
discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 10.03) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

  
 -24- 

 (B) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation 

(i) have become due and payable by reason of the sending of a notice of redemption pursuant to Section 11.04
or otherwise, or 
 (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or 

(iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice
of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, 
 and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or
(iii) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose an amount of money in U.S. dollars sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium (if any), and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of such Notes which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be; 

(2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company with respect to Notes; and

 (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor to the Trustee under
Section 6.06, the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor to any Authenticating Agent under Section 6.13, and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this
Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.02 and the last paragraph of Section 10.03 shall survive. 

SECTION 4.02 Application of Trust Money. 

Subject to provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
Section 4.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent)
as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, for all sums due or to become due thereon for principal, premium (if any), and interest; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 4.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or
by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and the Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived
and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 4.01 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 4.01; provided that if the Company made
any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the
Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 -25- 

 ARTICLE FIVE 

REMEDIES 
 SECTION 5.01
Events of Default. 
 “Event of Default,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following
events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body): 
 (1) default in the payment of any interest upon any Note when it becomes due
and payable, and continuance of that default for a period of 30 days; or 
 (2) default in the payment of the principal of
(or premium, if any, on) any Note when it becomes due and payable at its Maturity, acceleration, optional redemption, required purchase (including the Special Mandatory Redemption), scheduled principal payment or otherwise; or 

(3) [reserved]; or 

(4) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company or the Guarantor in this Indenture with
respect to any Note, and continuance of that default or breach for a period of 30 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, or delivered by nationally recognized overnight delivery service guaranteeing next day delivery, to
the Company and the Guarantor by the Trustee or to the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes a written notice specifying the default or breach and requiring it to be
remedied and stating that the notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or 
 (5) a default under any mortgage,
indenture, bonds, debentures, notes or instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantor for money borrowed, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall
hereafter be created, which constitutes a failure to pay more than $50,000,000 in principal amount of such indebtedness when due and payable at its Stated Maturity or which results in more than $50,000,000 in principal amount of such indebtedness
becoming or being declared due and payable before the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable (in which case the Company or the Guarantor shall give notice to the Trustee of such default as soon as is reasonably practicable), and
that acceleration shall not be rescinded or annulled, or such indebtedness shall not have been discharged, prior to the notice in writing to the Company and the Guarantor given pursuant to Section 5.02; or 

(6) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (A) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company
or the Guarantor in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law; or (B) a decree or order adjudging the Company or the Guarantor bankrupt or insolvent, or
approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company or the Guarantor under any applicable federal or state law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator,
assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the 

  
 -26- 

 
Company or the Guarantor or of all or substantially all of their respective property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of their respective affairs, and the continuance of any such decree
or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or 
 (7)
the commencement by the Company or the Guarantor of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated bankrupt or
insolvent, or the consent by it to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or the Guarantor in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other
similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against either of them, or the filing by either of them of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state
law, or the consent by either of them to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or the Guarantor or of
all or substantially all of their respective property, or the making by either of them of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by either of them in writing of their inability to pay their respective debts generally as they
become due, or the taking of corporate action by the Company or the Guarantor in furtherance of any such action; or 
 (8)
failure by the Company or the Guarantor to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50,000,000 other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy issuers, which final
judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such
judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; or 
 (9) the Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture or the Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Guarantee, other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

SECTION 5.02 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01(6) or (7) occurs, all unpaid principal of, premium (if any) and
accrued interest on the Notes at the time Outstanding shall ipso facto become and shall be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, and if any other Event of Default occurs and
is continuing, then in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may declare the principal amount of all of the Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in
writing to the Company and the Guarantor (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount), plus any interest accrued on the Notes to the date of declaration, shall become immediately
due and payable. 
 Upon payment (i) of (A) such principal amount; and (B) such interest; and (ii) of interest on any
overdue principal and overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in the Notes (in each case to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), all of the Company’s and the Guarantor’s respective
obligations in respect of the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes shall terminate. 

  
 -27- 

 At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Notes has been made and
before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company,
the Guarantor and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences (and the particular event on which the declaration of acceleration is based shall no longer be grounds for a declaration of acceleration) if both: 

(1) the Company or the Guarantor has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay: 

(A) all overdue installments of interest on all Outstanding Notes, 

(B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Outstanding Notes which have become due otherwise than by such declaration
of acceleration, and any interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Notes, 
 (C) to the extent that
payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Notes, and 

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and 
 (2) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the
principal (or premium, if any) or interest on Notes which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13. 

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

SECTION 5.03 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee. 

The Company covenants that if: 

(1) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Note when such interest becomes due and payable and
such default continues for a period of 30 days, or 
 (2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or
premium, if any, on) any Note at the Maturity thereof, 
 the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of Notes, the whole amount
then due and payable on such Notes for principal, premium (if any), and interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal, premium (if any), and any overdue interest, at the
rate or rates prescribed therefor, and in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
agents and counsel. 
 If the Company fails to pay such amounts, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may
institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company, the Guarantor or any other obligor upon such Notes and
collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company, the Guarantor or any other obligor upon such Notes, wherever situated. 

  
 -28- 

 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to
protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Notes by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or
agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy. 
 SECTION 5.04
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
 In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy,
reorganization, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or the Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its property or its creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall
then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal, premium (if any), or interest) shall be entitled and
empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to (i) file and prove a claim for the whole amount, or such lesser amount as may be provided for in the Notes, of principal, premium (if any), and interest (if any) owing and unpaid in
respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and (ii) collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver,
assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder of Notes to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of
such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 6.06. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.06 hereof out of the
estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled
to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. 
 No provision of
this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof
or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors’ or
other similar committee. 
 SECTION 5.05 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes. 

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or any of the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession
of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for
the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered. 

  
 -29- 

 SECTION 5.06 Application of Money Collected. 

Any moneys or properties collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article, or after an Event of Default any moneys or properties distributable
in respect of the Company’s or the Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal,
premium (if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: 

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee, its agents and attorneys under Section 6.06, including
payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of, premium (if any) and interest on the Notes
in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal, premium (if any) and interest, respectively;
and 
 THIRD: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled thereto. 

SECTION 5.07 Limitation on Suits. 

No Holder of any Note shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the
appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless: 
 (1) such Holder has previously given
written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default; 
 (2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal
amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder; 

(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs,
expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request; 
 (4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of
such notice, request and offer of security or indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and 
 (5) no direction
inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes; 

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any
provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the 

  
 -30- 

 
rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner
herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders. 
 SECTION 5.08 Unconditional Right of Holders to
Receive Principal, Premium and Interest. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have
the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of, premium (if any) and (subject to Section 3.07) any interest on such Note on the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Note (or, in the case
of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder. 

SECTION 5.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee and the Holders shall
be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. 

SECTION 5.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in the last paragraph of
Section 3.06, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative
and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or
employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 
 SECTION 5.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver. 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of Notes to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair
any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may
be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
 SECTION 5.12 Control by Holders. 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the applicable Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that 

(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, the Trustee may take any other action
deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, 
 (2) such direction is not unduly prejudicial
to the rights of the other Holders of Notes (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such directions are unduly prejudicial to such Holders) and would not involve the Trustee in personal
liability, and 

  
 -31- 

 (3) such Holders have provided the Trustee with indemnity satisfactory to the
Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request. 
 SECTION 5.13 Waiver of
Past Defaults. 
 The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may, on behalf of
the Holders of all the Outstanding Notes, waive any past default hereunder and its consequences, except a default 

(1) in the payment of the principal of, premium (if any), or interest on any Note when due (other than amounts due and payable
solely upon acceleration pursuant to Section 5.02) unless theretofore paid in full and cured in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, or 

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Section 9.02 cannot be modified or amended without the
consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected. 
 Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any default or
Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

SECTION 5.14 Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to
Section 5.08 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE SIX 

THE TRUSTEE 
 SECTION
6.01 Notice of Defaults. 
 Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder, the Trustee shall transmit to the
Holders of Notes, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, notice of such default hereunder known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; and
provided that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 5.01(4), no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term
“default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default. Except in the case of a default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest on any Note, the Trustee
may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. Except with respect to an Event of Default pursuant to
Section 5.01(1), (2) or (3) during such time as it is acting as Paying Agent hereunder, the Trustee shall 

  
 -32- 

 
not be charged with knowledge of any default or Event of Default hereunder unless the written notice thereof shall have been given to a Responsible Officer at the Corporate Trust Office by the
Company, the Guarantor, a Paying Agent, any Holder or an agent of any Holder. 
 SECTION 6.02 Certain Rights and Obligations of
Trustee. 
 The Trustee shall have the rights and obligations specified in Section 315(a), 315(c) and 315(d) of the Trust
Indenture Act. No implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it has reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured
to it. Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee is subject to the provisions of this Section, whether or not expressly provided. The Trustee shall not be required
to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers or duties hereunder. 
 Subject to Sections 315(a) through 315(d) of
the Trust Indenture Act: 
 (a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it
to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties; 
 (b) any request or direction of the
Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request, Company Order or Officers’ Certificate, and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution; 

(c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established
prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate, and need not confirm or
investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein; 
 (d) the Trustee may consult with
counsel of its selection, and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance
thereon; 
 (e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Notes pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities
which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; 
 (f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any
investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but
the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the
books, records and premises of the Company pertaining to the Notes, personally or by agent or attorney; 

  
 -33- 

 (g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any
duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder; 

(h) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably
believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; 
 (i) the
permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in the Indenture shall not be construed as a duty of the Trustee, and the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by
it to be within the discretion or power conferred upon it by the Indenture other than for its own negligence or willful misconduct; 

(j) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including without limitation its right
to be compensated, reimbursed, and indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, whether as Agent or otherwise, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;

 (k) in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations
hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or
acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, or other unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility; 

(l) the Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ certificate setting forth the names of individuals
and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture; and 
 (m) in no
event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the
likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 
 SECTION 6.03 Not Responsible for Recitals or
Issuance of Notes. 
 The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall
be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the
Notes or of the Guarantee except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be
accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Notes or the proceeds thereof, or money or property paid to or upon 

  
 -34- 

 
the Company’s direction pursuant to this Indenture. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to any information, statement or recital in any offering memorandum,
prospectus, prospectus supplement or other disclosure material prepared or distributed with respect to the issuance of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be bound to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any covenants,
conditions, or agreements on the part of the Company or the Guarantor but the Trustee may require full information and advice as to the performance of the aforementioned covenants. Under no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable in its individual
capacity for the obligations evidenced by the Notes or the Guarantee. 
 SECTION 6.04 May Hold Notes. 

The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent, any Note Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other
capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to Sections 310(b) and 311 of the Trust Indenture Act, may otherwise deal with the Company and the Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent,
Authenticating Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent. There shall be excluded from the operation of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation
in other securities of the Company or the Guarantor are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b)(1) are met. 

SECTION 6.05 Money Held in Trust. 

Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be
under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company. 
 SECTION
6.06 Compensation and Reimbursement. 
 The Company and the Guarantor agree 

(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the
Trustee for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of any express trust); 

(2) to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the
Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its
negligence or willful misconduct; and 
 (3) to indemnify each of the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee, their directors,
officers, agents and employees and their respective agents for, and to hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) and the reasonable
compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel, incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on their own part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder,
including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of their powers or duties hereunder. 

  
 -35- 

 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in
Section 5.01(6) or (7) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law. 

The Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes as to all property and funds held by it hereunder for any amount owing it or any predecessor
Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.06, except with respect to funds held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Notes. 

“Trustee” for the purposes of this Section 6.06 shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its
capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder; provided, however, that the negligence or willful misconduct of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee
hereunder. The provisions of this Section shall survive the resignation and removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge or the termination of this Indenture. 

SECTION 6.07 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility. 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States
or of any state of the United States or the District of Columbia which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal, state or District of Columbia authority. Such Trustee
shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this
Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. Neither the Company nor any Person directly or indirectly controlling,
controlled by, or under common control with the Company shall serve as Trustee hereunder. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the
effect hereinafter specified in this Article. 
 SECTION 6.08 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor. 

(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until
the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 6.09. 
 (b)
The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company and the Guarantor. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 6.09 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days
after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(c) The Trustee may be removed at any time by the Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, delivered to
the Trustee and to the Company and the Guarantor. 
 (d) If at any time: 

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the obligations imposed on it by the provisions of Section 310(b) of the
Trust Indenture Act after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, or 

  
 -36- 

 (2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.07
and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, or 

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of
its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, 

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by or pursuant to a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee, or (ii) subject
to Section 315(e) of the Trust Indenture Act, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or
become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Company shall appoint a successor Trustee and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.09. If, within one year after
such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee,
the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 6.09, become the successor Trustee and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee
appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 6.09, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at
least six months may, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(f) The Company shall give or cause to be given notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor
Trustee to all Holders of Notes in the manner provided in Section 1.06, Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. 

SECTION 6.09 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. 

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Notes, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall
execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any
further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges,
execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring
Trustee hereunder. 
 (b) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company and the Guarantor shall execute any and all instruments
reasonably necessary for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section. 

  
 -37- 

 (c) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such
successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article. 
 SECTION 6.10 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or
Succession to Business. 
 Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or
any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the
Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have
been authenticated, but not delivered, by or on behalf of the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the
same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. In case any Notes shall have not been authenticated by such predecessor Trustee, any successor Trustee may authenticate and deliver such Notes in either its own name or
that of its predecessor Trustee, with full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee. 

SECTION 6.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 

If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company or the Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Notes), the Trustee shall
be subject to the provisions of Section 311 and any other provision of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against the Company or the Guarantor (or any such other obligor), as the case may be, excluding any creditor
relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). 
 SECTION 6.12 Compliance with Tax Laws. 

The Trustee hereby agrees to comply with all U.S. federal income tax information reporting and withholding requirements with respect to
payments of premium (if any) and interest on the Notes, whether acting as Trustee, Note Registrar, Paying Agent or otherwise with respect to the Notes. 

SECTION 6.13 Appointment of Authenticating Agent. 

At any time when any of the Notes remain Outstanding, the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents which shall be authorized to
act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes issued upon original issue and upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 3.06, and Notes so authenticated shall be entitled to the
benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, a copy of
which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed
to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company
and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital
and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said
supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating 

  
 -38- 

 
Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section. 

Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation
resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall
continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent. 

An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee, the Company and the Guarantor. The Trustee may
at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent, the Company and the Guarantor. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time
such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee for such Notes may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall mail written notice of
such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or send pursuant to Applicable Procedures, to all Holders of Notes as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment
hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effects as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the
provisions of this Section. 
 The Company agrees to pay each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its
services under this Section. 
 The provisions of Sections 3.08, 6.03 and 6.04 shall be applicable to each Authenticating
Agent. 
 If an appointment is made pursuant to this Section, the Notes of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the
Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in substantially the following form: 
 This is
one of the Notes designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

	
	as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	As Authenticating Agent
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 -39- 

 The Trustee is hereby appointed as an Authenticating Agent. 

ARTICLE SEVEN 

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE, COMPANY AND GUARANTOR 

SECTION 7.01 Company and Guarantor to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders. 

The Company and the Guarantor will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee 

(a) semi-annually, not more than 15 days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the
names and addresses of the Holders of Notes as of such date, and 
 (b) at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in
writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished, 

provided, however, that so long as the Trustee shall be the Note Registrar, no such list need be furnished. 

SECTION 7.02 Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders. 

(a) The Trustee shall comply with the obligations imposed on it by the provisions of Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act. 

(b) Every Holder, by receiving and holding Notes, agrees with the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee that neither the Company, the
Guarantor nor the Trustee nor any agent of any of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders in accordance with Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act,
regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing pursuant to a request made under Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act. 

(c) The Company and the Guarantor agree with the Trustee that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any
such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders in accordance with Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by
reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act. 
 SECTION 7.03
Reports by Trustee. 
 (a) The term “reporting date,” as used in this Section, means July 15 of each year
commencing with the first such date after the Issue Date. Within 60 days after the reporting date in each year (beginning with July 15, 2016), the Trustee shall transmit to the Holders of Notes, a brief report dated as of such date in
accordance with, and only if required under, Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. 
 (b) The Trustee shall transmit to the
Holders of Notes a brief report with respect to the matters specified in, and within the times required under, Section 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. 

  
 -40- 

 (c) Reports pursuant to this Section shall be transmitted in the manner and to the persons
required by Sections 313(c) and 313(d) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 

SECTION 7.04 Reports by Company and the Guarantor. 

The Company and the Guarantor will: 

(1) file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, is required to file the
same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the
Company or the Guarantor may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; or, if the Company or the Guarantor is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to
either of said Sections, then it will file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which
may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations; 

(2) file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the
Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company or the Guarantor with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and

 (3) transmit to the Holders, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act,
within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Trustee, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company or the Guarantor pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Section as may be required
by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission. 
 Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the
Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s
compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 

ARTICLE EIGHT 

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR TRANSFER 

SECTION 8.01 Consolidations, Mergers and Sales Permitted Subject to Certain Conditions. 

The Company and the Guarantor shall not consolidate with, or sell or convey all or substantially all of their respective assets to, or merge
with or into any other person or entity unless (i) either the Guarantor or the Company, as applicable, shall be the continuing corporation, or the successor shall be a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or trust organized and
existing under the laws of the United States or a state thereof and the successor Person shall expressly assume the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all the Notes and the due and punctual performance and

  
 -41- 

 
observance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Guarantor or the Company, as applicable, under this Indenture by supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee, executed and
delivered to the Trustee by such Person; (ii) the Guarantor or the Company, as applicable, or the successor Person, as the case may be, shall not, immediately after the merger or consolidation, or the sale or conveyance, be in default in the
performance of any such covenant or condition; and (iii) after giving effect to the transaction, no Event of Default or event which, after notice or lapse of time, would become an Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing. 

SECTION 8.02 Rights and Duties of Successor Person. 

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon any such assumption by the successor Person, such successor Person shall
succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor or the Company, as applicable, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the party of the first part, and the predecessor corporation shall be relieved of any further obligation under this
Indenture and the Notes. Any such successor Person to the Company thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Notes assumable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been
signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor Person, instead of the Company, and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall
deliver any Notes which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Notes which such successor Person thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for
that purpose. All the Notes so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Notes theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Notes had been
issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance such changes in phraseology and
form (but not in substance) may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate. 
 SECTION 8.03
Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel. 
 The Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall provide to the
Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence, subject to Section 315 of the Trust Indenture Act, that any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, and any such assumption, complies with the
provisions of this Article Eight. 
 ARTICLE NINE 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES 

SECTION 9.01 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders. 

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company and the Guarantor, when authorized by or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions, and the
Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes: 

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company or the Guarantor and the assumption by any such successor
of the covenants of the Company or the Guarantor herein and in the Notes; or 

  
 -42- 

 (2) to add to the covenants of the Company or the Guarantor for the benefit
of the Holders of all Notes or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or the Guarantor; or 

(3) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted
by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the
Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes, as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate; or 

(4) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that any such
addition, change or elimination shall not adversely affect the rights of the Holders of Outstanding Notes in any material respect, as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate; or 

(5) to secure the Notes and/or the Guarantee; or 

(6) to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes; or 

(7) to establish the form or terms of or provide for the issuance of Additional Notes; 

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee, pursuant to the
requirements of Section 6.09(b); or 
 (9) to cure any ambiguity or defect in and to correct or supplement
any provision in this Indenture that may be inconsistent with any other provision in this Indenture, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided, however, that any such action
pursuant to this clause (9) shall not adversely affect the rights of the Holders of Outstanding Notes in any material respect, as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate; or 

(10) to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to effect
qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or under any similar federal statute hereafter enacted, and to add to this Indenture such other provisions as may be expressly permitted by the Trust Indenture Act; 

(11) to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees thereof to any provision of the “Description
of the Notes” in the offering memorandum pursuant to which the Notes were originally issued, as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate; or 

(12) to amend or supplement the restrictions on and procedures for resale, attempted resale and other transfers of Notes
(whether or not Outstanding) to reflect any change in applicable law or regulation (or interpretation thereof) or in practices relating to the resale or transfer of restricted securities generally. 

SECTION 9.02 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders. 

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of at the time Outstanding affected by
such supplemental indenture, by the Act of said Holders delivered to the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee, the Company and the Guarantor, when authorized by or pursuant to Board Resolutions, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or
indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating 

  
 -43- 

 
any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Notes under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall,
without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby, 
 (1) change the Stated Maturity of the
principal of, or any installment or principal of or interest on, any such Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or premium (if any) payable upon the redemption thereof, or change any Place of Payment where, or
the coin or currency in which, any such Note or any principal, premium (if any), or interest thereon is payable or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the due date thereof (or, in the case of
redemption, on or after the Redemption Date), or 
 (2) modify or waive any provision relating to the Guarantee in a
manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes, or 
 (3) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding
Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any modifications or amendments to this Indenture or to the terms and conditions of Notes, or to approve any supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of
compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or 

(4) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 5.13 or Section 10.07, except to
increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby. 

Without the consent of the Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, no amendment or waiver may make any
change to, or extend the time for performance under, the Special Mandatory Redemption provisions set forth in Section 11.10. 

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but
it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof. The Company shall cause notice of any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Section 9.02 to be given to Holders promptly following its execution. 

SECTION 9.03 Execution of Supplemental Indentures; Opinions. 

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby
of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, a Company Request, accompanied by a Board Resolution, and if applicable upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of
the consent of Holders, an Officers’ Certificate, and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, and that it will be valid and binding upon the Company and the
Guarantor in accordance with its terms. The Trustee may, but shall not (except to the extent required in the case of a supplemental indenture entered into under Section 9.01(10)) be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental
indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 SECTION 9.04
Effect of Supplemental Indentures. 
 Except as provided in this Article, upon the execution of any supplemental indenture
under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered
hereunder shall be bound thereby. 

  
 -44- 

 SECTION 9.05 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act. 

Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect
if this Indenture shall then be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act. 
 SECTION 9.06 Reference in Notes to Supplemental
Indentures. 
 Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and
shall if required by the Company, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and
the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes. 

ARTICLE TEN 
 COVENANTS

 SECTION 10.01 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest. 

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of Notes that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of, premium (if any), Additional
Interest (if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. 
 In the event that the Company
is required to pay Additional Interest to Holders pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall provide written notice (an “Additional Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of their obligation to pay Additional Interest no
later than fifteen days prior to the proposed payment date for the Additional Interest, and the Additional Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of Additional Interest to be paid by the Company on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any
time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine the Additional Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of Additional Interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation
of the Additional Interest. 
 SECTION 10.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may
be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and
any change in the location, of each such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices
and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The Company may also from time to time designate one or
more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any
manner relieve 

  
 -45- 

 
the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Notes for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such
designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 SECTION 10.03 Money for
Notes Payments To Be Held in Trust. 
 If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due
date of the principal of, premium (if any), or interest on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal, premium (if any), or interest so becoming due until such
sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. 

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of, premium (if any), or
interest on any Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held as provided in the following paragraph, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its
action or failure so to act. 
 The Company will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an
instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will (i) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of, premium (if any), or interest on any
Notes in trust for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes until such sums shall be paid to such Holders or otherwise disposed of as herein provided; (ii) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon any
Notes) in the making of any payment of principal, premium (if any), or interest; and (iii) during the continuance of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment in respect of the Notes, and upon
the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Notes. 

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or
direct the Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and upon
such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Company and such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums. 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium
(if any), or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for one year after such principal, premium (if any), or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such deposited money, and
all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. 
 SECTION 10.04 Statement by Officers as to
Default. 
 (a) The Company and the Guarantor will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the
Company and the Guarantor ending after the date hereof, statements signed on behalf of the Company and the Guarantor by their respective principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that in the
course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an officer of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, such officer would 

  
 -46- 

 
normally obtain knowledge of any default (without regard to grace periods or notice requirements) by the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, in the performance or fulfillment of any
covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Indenture, and stating whether such officer has obtained knowledge of any such default, and, if so, specifying each such default of which the signer has knowledge and the nature thereof. 

(b) The Company and the Guarantor will deliver to the Trustee, within five days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event
which after notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5.01. 
 SECTION 10.05
Restriction on Creation of Secured Debt. 
 So long as the Notes remain Outstanding, the Guarantor and the Company will not
at any time create, incur, assume or guarantee, and will not cause or permit a Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or guarantee, any Secured Debt, and the Guarantor and the Company will not at any time create, and will not cause or permit
a Restricted Subsidiary to create, any Security Interest securing any indebtedness existing on the date hereof which would constitute Secured Debt if it were secured by a Security Interest, without first making effective provision (and the Guarantor
and the Company covenant that in such case they will first make or cause to be made effective provision) whereby the Notes then Outstanding and any other indebtedness of or guaranteed by the Guarantor and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
then entitled thereto, subject to applicable priorities of payment, shall be secured by the Security Interest securing such Secured Debt equally and ratably with any and all other obligations and indebtedness thereby secured, so long as any such
other obligations and indebtedness shall be so secured, provided, however, that the foregoing covenants shall not be applicable to Secured Debt secured solely by one or more of the following Security Interests: 

(a) Security Interests securing indebtedness incurred pursuant to Credit Facilities (including amounts outstanding on the Issue
Date) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $950,000,000 and (y) the Borrowing Base; or 

(b) (i) Security Interests upon any property hereafter acquired, constructed, developed or improved by the Guarantor, the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and created prior to or contemporaneously with, or within 180 days after the acquisition of property which is a parcel of real property, a building, machinery or equipment; or (ii) the acquisition by the
Guarantor, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of property subject to Security Interests upon such property existing at the time of the acquisition thereof, which Security Interests secure obligations assumed by the Guarantor, the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary; or (iii) any conditional sales agreement or other title retention agreement with respect to any property acquired by the Guarantor, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or (iv) Security Interests existing on the
property or on the outstanding shares or indebtedness of a corporation or firm at the time such corporation or firm shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Guarantor, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or
at the time of a sale, lease or other disposition of the properties of a corporation or firm as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Guarantor, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided in each case that any such Security
Interest described in clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) does not attach to or affect property owned by the Guarantor, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary prior to the creation thereof; or 

(c) Security Interests securing indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Guarantor, the Company or to another Restricted
Subsidiary; or 

  
 -47- 

 (d) Mechanics’, materialmen’s, carriers’ or other like liens
arising in the ordinary course of business (including construction of facilities) in respect of obligations which are not due or which are being contested in good faith; or 

(e) Security Interests arising by reason of deposits with, or the giving of any form of security to, any governmental agency or
any body created or approved by law or governmental regulations, which is required by law or governmental regulation as a condition to the transaction of any business, or the exercise of any privilege, franchise or license; or 

(f) Security Interests for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent, or the Security Interests
for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies already delinquent but the validity of which is being contested in good faith; or 

(g) Security Interests (including judgment liens) arising in connection with legal proceedings so long as such proceedings are
being contested in good faith and, in the case of judgment liens, execution thereon is stayed; or 
 (h) Landlords’
liens on fixtures located on the premises leased by the Guarantor, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; or 

(i) Security Interests arising in connection with contracts and subcontracts with or made at the request of the United States,
or any state thereof, or any department, agency or instrumentality of the United States; or 
 (j) Security Interests in
property of the Guarantor, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to secure partial, progress, advance or other payments or any indebtedness incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or the cost of construction,
development, or substantial repair, alteration or improvement of the property subject to such Security Interests if the commitment for the financing is obtained not later than 180 days after the later of the completion of or the placing into
operation (exclusive of test and start-up periods) of such constructed, developed, repaired, altered or improved property; or 

(k) Security Interests in favor of the United States or any state, county or local government, or any agency of the United
States, or any holder of bonds or other securities thereof issued, in connection with the financing of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving property of the Guarantor, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including, without
limitation, any such property designed primarily for the purpose of pollution control), and any transfers of title to any such property and any related property or Security Interest in any such property and any related property, in favor of such
government or governmental agency or any such security holders in connection with the acquisition, construction, improvement, attachment or removal of such property; provided that such transfer of title or the lien of any such Security Interest does
not apply to any Principal Facility now or hereafter owned by the Guarantor, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (l)
Security Interests securing indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the character described in clause (c) of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary that finances accounts receivables; or

 (m) Any extension, renewal or refunding (or successive extensions, renewals or refundings) in whole or in part of any
Secured Debt secured by any Security Interest referred to in the foregoing subparagraphs (a) through (l), inclusive, provided that the principal amount of such 

  
 -48- 

 
Secured Debt secured thereby shall not exceed the principal amount outstanding at the time of such extension, renewal or refunding, and that the Security Interest securing such Secured Debt shall
be limited to the property which secured the Security Interest so extended, renewed or refunded and additions to such property. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.05, the Guarantor, the Company and any one or more Restricted
Subsidiaries may issue, incur, assume or guarantee Secured Debt (not including Secured Debt permitted to be secured under subparagraphs (a) through (m), inclusive, above) in an aggregate amount which, together with all other Secured Debt (not
including Secured Debt to be secured under subparagraphs (a) through (m), inclusive, above) of the Guarantor, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries which is issued, incurred, assumed or guaranteed after the date hereof and the aggregate
value of the Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into after the date hereof (not including Sale and Leaseback Transactions referred to in clause (b) of Section 10.06), does not at the time exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets. The term “value” shall mean, with respect to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, as of any particular time, the amount equal to the net proceeds of the property sold or transferred or to be sold or transferred pursuant to such Sale
and Leaseback Transaction divided first by the number of full years of the term of the lease and then multiplied by the number of full years of such term remaining at the time of determination, without regard to any renewal or extension options
contained in the lease. 
 SECTION 10.06 Restriction of Sales and Leaseback Transaction. 

So long as the Notes remain Outstanding, the Guarantor and the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into
any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, unless (a) the Guarantor, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to incur Secured Debt only by reason of the last paragraph of Section 10.05 equal in amount to the net
proceeds of the property sold or transferred or to be sold or to be transferred pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction and secured by a Security Interest on the property to be leased without equally and ratably securing the Notes as
provided in said Section, or (b) the Guarantor, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall apply, within 180 days after the effective date of such sale or transfer, an amount equal to such net proceeds to (i) the acquisition,
construction, development or improvement of properties, facilities or equipment which are, or upon such acquisition, construction, development or improvement will be, a Principal Facility or Facilities or a part thereof or (ii) the redemption
of Notes in accordance with the provisions of Article Eleven, or to the repayment or redemption of Senior Funded Debt of the Guarantor, the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Senior Funded Debt owed to any Restricted Subsidiary), or
in part to such acquisition, construction, development or improvement and in part to such redemption and/or repayment, provided that, in lieu of applying an amount equal to such net proceeds to such redemption, the Guarantor or the Company
may, within 180 days after such sale or transfer, deliver to the Trustee Notes or deliver to the appropriate indenture trustee other debt securities constituting Senior Funded Debt (other than such debt securities made the basis of a reduction in a
mandatory sinking fund payment) for cancellation and thereby reduce the amount to be applied to the redemption of Notes or Senior Funded Debt pursuant to clause (ii) above by an amount equivalent to the aggregate principal amount of Notes or
other debt securities so delivered. 
 SECTION 10.07 Waiver of Certain Covenants. 

The Company and the Guarantor may omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections
10.05 and 10.06, inclusive, if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall, by the Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance
or generally waive compliance with 

  
 -49- 

 
such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become
effective, the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect. 

ARTICLE ELEVEN 

REDEMPTION OF NOTES 

SECTION 11.01 Applicability of Article. 

Notes which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with this Article. 

SECTION 11.02 Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee. 

The election of the Company to redeem any Notes shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the
Company of less than all the Notes, the Company shall, at least 30 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company, notify the Trustee of the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, such Redemption Date, of the
principal amount of Notes to be redeemed, the Redemption Price, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Notes, that such redemption is pursuant to the mandatory or optional redemption, if
such be the case, that interest, if any accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in such notice, and that on and after that date interest, if any, thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue. If
the Redemption Price is not known at the time such notice is to be given, the actual Redemption Price, calculated as described in the terms of the Notes, will be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate of the Company delivered to the Trustee no
later than two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date. 
 SECTION 11.03 Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be
Redeemed. 
 If fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60
days prior to the Redemption Date by Applicable Procedures of the Depositary, or if the Notes are not Global Notes, by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and
appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the principal amount of Notes. 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Note Registrar (if other than the Trustee) in writing of the Notes selected for
redemption and, in the case of any securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. 
 For all
purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any such Notes redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such
Notes which has been or is to be redeemed. 
 SECTION 11.04 Notice of Redemption. 

Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided in Section 1.06 not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the
Redemption Date, unless a shorter period is specified in the Notes to be redeemed, to the Holders of Notes to be redeemed. Failure to give notice by mailing or sending in the 

  
 -50- 

 
manner herein provided to the Holder of any Notes designated for redemption as a whole or in part, or any defect in the notice to any such Holder, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings
for the redemption of any other Notes or portion thereof. 
 Any notice that is mailed or sent to the Holder of any Notes in the manner
herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not such Holder receives the notice. 
 All notices of
redemption shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including CUSIP number) and shall state: 
 (1) the Redemption Date,

 (2) the Redemption Price (or manner of calculation if not then known), 

(3) if fewer than all the Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption of
any Notes, the principal amounts) of the particular Notes to be redeemed, 
 (4) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption
Price will become due and payable upon each such Note to be redeemed and, unless the Company defaults, that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date, 

(5) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the
Redemption Price, 
 (6) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for
redemption are being redeemed, and 
 (7) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP
number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 A notice of redemption mailed or sent as contemplated by
Section 1.06 need not identify particular Notes to be redeemed. 
 Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the election
of the Company shall be given by the Company or, upon Company Request together with the notice to be given at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), by the
Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. 
 SECTION 11.05 Deposit of Redemption Price. 

Prior to 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company
is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.03) an amount of money sufficient to pay on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest
Payment Date) accrued interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date. 
 SECTION 11.06 Notes Payable on
Redemption Date. 
 Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date,
become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified, and from and after 

  
 -51- 

 
such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in
accordance with said notice, together with all coupons, if any, appertaining thereto maturing after the Redemption Date, such Note shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date;
provided that installments of interest on Notes whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the
Regular Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.07. 
 If any such Note called for redemption
shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal and premium (if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in such Note. 

SECTION 11.07 Notes Redeemed in Part. 

Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so
requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and
the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Note (or through book entry transaction if Global Notes) without service charge, a new Note or Notes of like tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by
such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered. 

SECTION 11.08 Redemption at the Election of the Company. 

The Notes will not be redeemable at the election of the Company at any time prior to maturity except as set forth below. 

The Company may at any time redeem all or part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a Redemption Price
equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive
interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date). 
 SECTION 11.09 Purchase at the Election
of Holders on a Change in Control. 
 The Company must commence, within 30 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control, and
consummate an Offer to Purchase for all Notes, at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest, if any, to the Payment Date. 

However, the Company shall not be required to make an Offer to Purchase upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Offer to
Purchase in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture, and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Offer to Purchase upon a Change of Control, or (ii) a
notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the Notes as described in Section 11.04 hereof to redeem all outstanding Notes otherwise subject to the Offer to Purchase, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable
Redemption Price. An Offer to Purchase upon the occurrence of a Change of Control may be made by either the Company or a third party in advance of a Change of Control if a definitive agreement to effect the Change of Control is in place at the time
such Offer to Purchase is made and the Offer to Purchase is effected upon the consummation of the Change of Control, and such Offer to Purchase may be conditional on the Change of Control. 

  
 -52- 

 On the Payment Date, the Company shall (1) accept for payment Notes or portions thereof
tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase; (2) deposit with the paying agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof so accepted; and (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee all Notes or
portions thereof so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment by the Company. The paying agent shall promptly mail to the holders of Notes so accepted payment in an amount
equal to the purchase price, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such holders a new Notes equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or through book entry transaction if Global Notes); provided
that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of an Offer to Purchase as soon as practicable after the
Payment Date. The Trustee shall act as the paying agent for an Offer to Purchase. The Company will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable, in the event that the Company is required to repurchase Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. 
 SECTION 11.10
Special Mandatory Redemption. 
 In the event that (a) the Acquisition does not take place on or prior to January 15,
2016 (the “Outside Date”) or (b) at any time prior to the Outside Date, the Acquisition Agreement is terminated (any such event being a “Special Mandatory Redemption Event”), the Company will redeem all of the Notes (the
“Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a price equal to 100.00% of the initial issue price of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest from the Date of original issuance of the Notes to, but not including, the redemption date (the
“Special Mandatory Redemption Price”). 
 Notice of the occurrence of a Special Mandatory Redemption Event and that a Special
Mandatory Redemption is to occur (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Notice”) shall be delivered to the Trustee and mailed by first class mail to each holder of Notes’ registered address, or electronically delivered according to the
procedures of DTC, within five Business Days after the Special Mandatory Redemption Event. Upon Company Request together with the notice to be given, the Trustee shall give the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice in the Company’s name and at
its expense. On such date specified in the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice as shall be no more than five Business Days (or such other minimum period not to exceed 30 days as may be required by DTC) after mailing or sending the Special Mandatory
Redemption Notice, the Special Mandatory Redemption shall occur (the date of such redemption, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”). Failure to give the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice by mailing or sending in the manner herein
provided to the Holder of any Notes designated for Special Mandatory Redemption, or any defect in the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice to any such Holder, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the Special Mandatory Redemption or
the obligation of the Company following a Special Mandatory Redemption Event to effect the Special Mandatory Redemption at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price. 

If funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of all of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date
are deposited with a Paying Agent or the Trustee on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, then on and after such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Notes shall cease to bear interest and, other than the right to receive the Special
Mandatory Redemption Price, all rights under such Notes shall terminate. 

  
 -53- 

 Prior to the Special Mandatory Redemption or the consummation of the Acquisition, the Company
shall maintain the net proceeds from the Initial Notes on hand at all times (in cash or Cash Equivalents). 
 ARTICLE TWELVE 

DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION
12.01 Applicability of Article; Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance. 
 The Company may at its option by or pursuant
to Board Resolution, at any time, elect to have either Section 12.02 or Section 12.03 applied to the Outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in this Article Twelve. 

SECTION 12.02 Defeasance and Discharge. 

Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Notes, the Company and the Guarantor shall
be deemed to have been discharged from their respective obligations with respect to the Outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth in Section 13.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “defeasance”). For this purpose, such
defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantor shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Notes and to have satisfied all their respective other obligations under such Notes and this
Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company and upon Company Order, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated
or discharged hereunder: (A) the rights of Holders of such Outstanding Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 12.04 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of,
premium (if any), and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (B) the Company’s and Guarantor’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 10.02, 10.03 and Article Thirteen and with
respect to the Trustee under Section 6.06, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, and immunities of the Trustee hereunder including pursuant to Section 6.06 hereof and (D) this Article Twelve. Subject to compliance
with this Article Twelve, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 12.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 12.03 with respect to such Notes. 

SECTION 12.03 Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Notes, the Company and the Guarantor shall
be released from their respective obligations under Sections 5.01(4), 10.05 and 10.06, with respect to the Outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “covenant
defeasance”) and such Notes shall thereafter be deemed to be not “Outstanding” for the purpose of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with Sections
5.01(4), 5.01(5), 10.05 and 10.06 or such other covenants, but shall continue to be deemed Outstanding for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes,
the Company and the Guarantor may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section or such other covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference in any
such Section to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a default or an Event of Default under Sections 5.01(4), 5.01(5), 5.01(8) or otherwise, as the case may be,
but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. 

  
 -54- 

 SECTION 12.04 Conditions of Defeasance. 

The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 12.02 or Section 12.03 to the Outstanding Notes:

 (1) the Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee
satisfying the requirements of Section 6.07 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article Twelve applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security
for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, (A) money in U.S. dollars in an amount, or (B) U.S. Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest, if any, in respect thereof in
accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment of principal of, premium (if any), and interest, if any, on such Notes, money in U.S. dollars in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof,
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied
by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal of, premium (if any), and each installment of principal of, premium (if any) and interest, if any, on the Outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity of such principal or
installment of principal or interest on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Notes. 

(2) No Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default under Sections
5.01(6) and (7), at any time during the period ending on the 123rd day after the date of such deposit or, if longer, ending on the day following the expiration of the longest preference period applicable to the Company in respect of such
deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period). 
 (3)
Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or the Guarantor is a party or by which it is
bound. 
 (4) In the case of an election under Section 12.02, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel stating that the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred. 
 (5) In the case of an
election under Section 12.03, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a
result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance has not occurred. 

(6) The Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all
conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes as contemplated by this Article Twelve have been satisfied. 

  
 -55- 

 SECTION 12.05 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust;
Miscellaneous. 
 Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, all money and U.S. Government
Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively, for purposes of this Section 13.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 13.04 in respect of the
Outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying
Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium (if any), and interest (if any), but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law. 
 The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed
against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 13.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the
Outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article Twelve to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from
time to time upon Company Request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 13.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accounts expressed in a written certification
thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent defeasance or covenant defeasance. 

SECTION 12.06 Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article Twelve by reason
of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or government authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and Notes shall be revived and
reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Twelve until such time as the Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article Twelve. 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN 

GUARANTEE AND SUBROGATION 

SECTION 13.01 Guarantee. 

The Guarantor hereby unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note, and to the Trustee for itself and on behalf of each such Holder, the
due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium (if any) and interest on such Note pursuant to the terms of such Note when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity, by declaration of acceleration, call for
redemption or otherwise, in accordance with the terms of such Note and of this Indenture, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture. In case of the failure of the Company punctually to make any such
principal, premium (if any), interest, or other payment, the Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment to be made punctually when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity, by declaration of acceleration,
call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the Company. The Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 

  
 -56- 

 The Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be as if it were principal
debtor and not merely surety, and shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of any Note or this Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of any Note or this
Indenture, any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the Company with respect thereto by the Holder of any Note or the Trustee, or any other circumstance which may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor;
provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification, indulgence or circumstance shall without the consent of the Guarantor increase the principal amount of a Note or the interest rate thereon or change the
currency of payment with respect to any Note, or alter the Stated Maturity thereof, or increase any premium payable upon redemption thereof. The Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the
event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest or notice with respect to any Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee
will not be discharged with respect to any Note except by payment in full of the principal of, premium (if any) and interest, if any, thereon. If at any time any payment of principal of, premium (if any) and interest on such Note is rescinded or
must be otherwise restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company, the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder with respect to such payment shall be reinstated as of the date of such rescission, restoration or
return as though such payment had become due but had not been made at such time. 
 SECTION 13.02 Subrogation. 

The Guarantor shall not be subrogated to the rights of the Holder of a Note against the Company in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder
pursuant to the provisions of this Guarantee unless and until the Guarantor or the Company has made due payment of the principal of, premium (if any) and interest on each and every other Outstanding Note when the same becomes due and payable,
whether at Stated Maturity, by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, in accordance with the terms of such Note and this Indenture. 

SECTION 13.03 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. 

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 13.01, the Guarantor hereby agrees this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such
Guarantor by its Chairman of the Board, its President or any Vice President, its Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, its Controller, any Assistant Controller, its Secretary or any Assistant Secretary. The Guarantor hereby agrees that Guarantee
set forth in Section 13.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee. If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time
the Trustee authenticates a Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on
behalf of the Guarantor. 
 ARTICLE FOURTEEN 

CORPORATE OBLIGATION ONLY 

SECTION 14.01 Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations. 

No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture, any supplemental indenture, or in any Note,
because of any indebtedness evidenced thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, or against any past, present or future shareholder, employee, officer or director, as such, of the Company or the Guarantor or of any successor corporation of the
Company or the Guarantor, either directly or through the Company or the Guarantor or any successor corporation of the 

  
 -57- 

 
Company or the Guarantor, under any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise, all
such liability, whether at common law, in equity, by any constitution, statute or otherwise, of incorporators, shareholders, employees, officers or directors being expressly waived and released by the acceptance of the Notes by the Holders thereof
and as part of the consideration of the issuance of the Notes. 
 * * * * * 

  
 -58- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the
day and year first above written. 
  

			
	ANIXTER INC.
	     the Company
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Rod Shoemaker

	Name:	 	Rod Shoemaker
	Title:	 	 SVP – Treasurer

	
	ANIXTER INTERNATIONAL INC.
	     the Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Rod Shoemaker

	Name:	 	Rod Shoemaker
	Title:	 	 SVP – Treasurer

	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
	       as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Gregory S. Clarke

	Name:	 	Gregory S. Clarke
	Title:	 	Vice President

 Rule 144A / Regulation S Appendix 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES 

AND EXCHANGE NOTES 
  

	 	1.	Definitions 

  

	 	1.1	Definitions. 

 For the purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings
indicated below: 
 “Certificated Note” means a certificated Initial Note or Exchange Note (other than a Global Note) bearing, if
required, the restricted notes legend set forth in Section 2.3(e) of this Appendix. 
 “Distribution Compliance Period,” with
respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (i) the day on which such Notes are first offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in
reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the issue date with respect to such Notes. 
 “Notes Custodian” means the custodian with
respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depositary), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 

“Purchase Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Purchase Agreement dated
August 4, 2015, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representative of the several Initial Purchasers, and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the purchase agreement or
underwriting agreement among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes. 
 “QIB”
means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer by the
Company, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities
Act. 
 “Rule 144A Notes” means all Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A. 

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Notes that bear or are required to bear the legend relating to restrictions on transfer relating
to the Securities Act set forth in Section 2.3(e) hereto. 
  

	 	1.2	Other Definitions. 

  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Clearstream”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Euroclear”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Regulation S”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)

  
 Appendix-1 

 1.3 Capitalized terms used in this Appendix, but not defined, have the meanings ascribed to such
terms in the Indenture to which this Appendix is attached. 
  

	 	2.	The Notes. 

 2.1 (a) Form and Dating. The Initial Notes shall be offered and sold
by the Company pursuant to a Purchase Agreement. The Initial Notes shall be resold initially only to (i) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) and (ii) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in
Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”). Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set
forth herein. Initial Notes initially resold pursuant to Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”); and Initial
Notes initially resold pursuant to Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and with the
global notes legend and the restricted notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Initial Notes represented thereby with the Notes Custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary or
a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. Except as set forth in the immediately succeeding paragraph, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note
shall be held only through the Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme (“Clearstream”) (as indirect participants in the Depositary) and shall not
be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note or any other Note prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and then, after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, may be exchanged for interests in a Rule
144A Global Note only upon certification in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 3 or otherwise in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that beneficial ownership interests in such Regulation S Global Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons
or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act. 

Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in Regulation S Global Notes may be exchanged for
interests in Rule 144A Global Notes if (1) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer of Notes in compliance with Rule 144A and (2) the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note first delivers to the
Trustee a written certificate (in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit 2) to the effect that the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note is being transferred (a) to a Person who the transferor reasonably
believes to be a QIB that is purchasing for its own account or the account of a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and (b) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the States of the United States and other
jurisdictions. 
 Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an
interest in a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, subject to Applicable Procedures, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in a form
substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit 2) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if applicable). 

  
 Appendix-2 

 The Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note are collectively referred to herein as
“Global Notes.” The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee as hereinafter provided. 

(b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

 The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or
more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s instructions or held by the
Trustee as custodian for the Depositary. The Company has entered into a letter of representations with the Depositary in the form provided by the Depositary and the Trustee and each Agent are hereby authorized to act in accordance with such letter
and Applicable Procedures. 
 Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this
Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depositary or under such Global Note, and the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be
entitled to treat the Depositary as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving
effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of
a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 (c) Certificated Notes. Except as provided in this Section 2.1 or
Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Certificated Notes. 

2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall upon receipt of an Company Order specified in Section 3.03 of the Indenture authenticate and
deliver: (1) on the Issue Date, an aggregate principal amount of $350,000,000 5.50% Senior Notes Due 2023, (2) any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in the written order of the Company
pursuant to Section 3.03 of the Indenture and (3) Exchange Notes for issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, for a like principal amount of Initial Notes and Additional Notes, in each case
upon an Company Order signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. Such Company Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original
issue of Notes is to be authenticated. 
  

	 	2.3	Transfer and Exchange. 

 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes. When
Certificated Notes are presented to the Note Registrar with a request: 
 (x) to register the transfer of such Certificated
Notes; or 
 (y) to exchange such Certificated Notes for an equal principal amount of Certificated Notes of other authorized
denominations, 

  
 Appendix-3 

 
the Note Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the
Certificated Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange: 
 (i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument
of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and 

(ii) if such Certificated Notes are required to bear a restricted notes legend, they are being transferred or exchanged
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as
applicable: 
 (A) if such Certificated Notes are being delivered to the Note Registrar by a Holder for registration in the
name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect; or 
 (B) if such Certificated Notes
are being transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect; or 
 (C) if such Certificated Notes are being
transferred (x) pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144A, Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or (y) in reliance upon another exemption from the requirements of the Securities Act: (i) a
certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note) and (ii) if the Company so requests, an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company as to the compliance with the restrictions set
forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i). 
 (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Certificated Note for a Beneficial Interest
in a Global Note. A Certificated Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a
Certificated Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with: 

(i) certification, in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit 2, that such Certificated Note is either
(A) being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A or (B) being transferred after expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period by a Person who initially purchased such Note in reliance on Regulation S to a buyer who elects to
hold its interest in such Note in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note; and 
 (ii) written
instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Notes Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(A)) or Regulation S Global
Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(B)) to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to contain
information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase, 
 then the Trustee shall cancel such Certificated Note and cause, or direct
the Notes Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Notes Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or

  
 Appendix-4 

 
Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Certificated Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the
Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the Certificated Note so canceled. If no Rule 144A Global Notes or Regulation S
Global Notes, as applicable, are then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon receipt of a Company Order, a new Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, in the appropriate principal
amount. 
 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. 

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this
Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Note Registrar a written order given in
accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note. The Note Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions
instruct the Depositary to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being
transferred. 
 (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another
Global Note, the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be
so transferred, and the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred. 

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Note may not
be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a
nominee of such successor Depositary. 
 (iv) In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Certificated Notes pursuant to
Section 2.4 of this Appendix, prior to the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are
substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Notes (as set forth in Exhibit 2, hereto) intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule
144A, Regulation S or another applicable exemption under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company. 

(d) Restrictions on Transfer of Regulation S Global Notes. Subject to Section 2.1(a), during the Distribution Compliance Period,
beneficial ownership interests in Regulation S Global Notes may only be sold, pledged or transferred in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (i) to the Company, (ii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S
(other than a transaction resulting in an exchange for an interest in another Regulation S Global Note), (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities
laws of any State of the United States. 

  
 Appendix-5 

 (e) Legend. 

(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes (and all Notes
issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof), in the case of Notes offered otherwise than in reliance on Regulation S shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES
LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS
THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY
AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM
REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), OR
(F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE
TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

Each certificate evidencing a Note offered in reliance on Regulation S shall, in addition to the foregoing, bear a legend in substantially the
following form: 
 BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT
OF A U.S. PERSON, AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 Appendix-6 

 Each Certificated Note shall also bear the following additional legend: 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE COMPANY AND THE NOTE REGISTRAR SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS THEY
MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 
 (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a
Transfer Restricted Note (including any Transfer Restricted Note represented by a Global Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Note Registrar shall permit the transferee thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a
Certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note, if the transferor thereof certifies in writing to the Note Registrar that such sale or transfer was made in
reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note). 
 (iii) After a transfer of any Initial
Notes pursuant to and during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to legends on such Initial Note shall cease to apply, the requirements requiring any such
Initial Note issued to certain Holders be issued in global form shall cease to apply, and a certificated Initial Note or an Initial Note in global form, in each case without restrictive transfer legends, shall be available to the transferee of the
Holder of such Initial Notes upon exchange of such transferring Holder’s certificated Initial Note or directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global Note, as applicable. 

(iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Initial Notes
that Initial Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form shall still apply with respect to Holders of such Initial Notes that do not exchange their Initial Notes, and Exchange Notes in certificated or global form, in each case without
the restricted notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto shall be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer. 

(f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have been exchanged for
Certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Depositary for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note
is exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes
Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 
 (g)
No Obligation of the Trustee. 
 (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note,
a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect
to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and
communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).
The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information
furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary. 

  
 Appendix-7 

 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to
compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial
owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to
determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
  

	 	2.4	Certificated Notes. 

 (a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee
as Notes Custodian for the Depositary pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Certificated Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in
exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 hereof and (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Note and the Depositary fails to
appoint a successor depository or if at any time such depository ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act, in either case, and a successor depository is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice,
or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Certificated Notes under this Indenture (although Regulation S
Global Notes at the Company’s election pursuant to this clause may not be exchanged for Certificated Notes prior to (a) the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and (b) the receipt of any certificates required under the
provisions of Regulation S). 
 (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4
shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee located at its principal corporate trust office to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of
each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only
in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Any Certificated Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted
Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(e) hereof, bear the restricted notes legend and certificated notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto. 

(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b) hereof, the registered Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to grant proxies and
otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

(d) In the event of the occurrence of one of the events specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof, the Company shall promptly make available to
the Trustee a reasonable supply of Certificated Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. In the event that such Certificated Notes are not issued, the Company expressly acknowledge, with respect to the right of any Holder
to pursue a remedy pursuant to this Indenture, including pursuant to Section 5.07, the right of any beneficial owner of Notes to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Note that represents such beneficial owner’s
Notes as if such Certificated Notes had been issued. 

  
 Appendix-8 

 EXHIBIT 1 

to Rule 144A / Regulation S Appendix 

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

[Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY
CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH
SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

[[FOR REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ONLY] UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF COMMENCEMENT OR COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, AN OFFER OR SALE OF
SECURITIES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A DEALER (AS DEFINED IN THE SECURITIES ACT) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IF SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A THEREUNDER.] 

[Restricted Notes Legend] 
 THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR
TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR] [IN THE
CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) RESELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES
IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION 

  
 Ex. 1-1 

 
PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT
OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

[[FOR REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ONLY] BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, NOR IS IT
PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON, AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.] 

[Certificated Notes Legend] 
 IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE NOTE REGISTRAR SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH NOTE REGISTRAR MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

  
 Ex. 1-2 

			
	No.                     	  	$            
		
		  	CUSIP:

 5.50% Senior Notes Due 2023 

Anixter Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to
                    , or registered assigns, the principal sum of          Dollars (or such greater or lesser
amount as may be indicated on Schedule A hereto) on March 1, 2023. 
 Interest Payment Dates: March 1 and September 1. 

Record Dates: February 15 and August 15. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

Dated: [            ], 20[    ] 

  
 Ex. 1-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

Dated: [            ], 20[    ] 

 

			
	ANIXTER INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 Ex. 1-4 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 

    as Trustee 
 certifies that this is one of
the Notes referred to in the Indenture. 
  

			
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory
		
	Dated:	 	

  
 Ex. 1-5 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

5.50% Senior Notes Due 2023 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture. 

 

	1.	Principal and Interest. 

 Anixter Inc. (the “Company”) shall pay the principal
of this Note on March 1, 2023. 
 The Company promises to pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the principal amount of this
Note on each Interest Payment Date, as set forth below, at the rate of 5.50% per annum (subject to adjustment as provided below). 

Interest, and Additional Interest, if any, shall be payable semi-annually (to the Holders of the Notes at the close of business on
February 15 or August 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date) in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing [            ], 20[    ]. 

The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 18, 2015, among the Company, the
Guarantor and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representative of the several Initial Purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including with respect to Additional Interest. 

Interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on this Note shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on this
Note or the Note surrendered in exchange herefor or, if no interest has been paid, from August 18, 2015; provided that, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and if this Note is authenticated between a Regular Record
Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest and Additional
Interest, if any, to the extent lawful, at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the Notes. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment. 

 The Company shall pay interest (except defaulted interest) on the
principal amount of the Notes on each March 1 and September 1 to the Persons who are Holders (as reflected in the Note Register at the close of business on February 15 and August 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment
Date), in each case, even if the Note is transferred or exchanged after such Regular Record Date, except as provided in Section 3.07 of the Indenture with respect to Defaulted Interest; provided that, with respect to the payment of
principal, the Company shall make payment to the Holder that surrenders this Note to any Paying Agent on or after March 1, 2023. 
 The
Company shall pay principal (premium, if any) and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may pay principal (premium, if any) and interest by
their check payable in such money. The Company may pay interest on the Notes by mailing a check for such interest to a Holder’s registered address (as reflected in the Note Register); provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any,
and interest and Additional Interest, if any, with respect to Notes represented by one or more permanent global Notes registered in the name of or held by the Depositary or its nominee shall be made by wire

  
 Ex. 1-6 

 
transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. If a payment date is a date other than a Business Day at a place of payment, payment may be
made at that place on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Note Registrar. 

 Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the
“Trustee”), shall act as Paying Agent and Note Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Note Registrar upon written notice thereto and without notice to the Holders. The Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or any Affiliate
of any of them may act as Paying Agent, Note Registrar or co-registrar. 
  

	4.	Indenture. 

 The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 18,
2015 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to
all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the
Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall control. 
 The Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not
limit the aggregate principal amount of the Notes. Subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company may issue Additional Notes. 
  

	5.	Redemption. 

 The Company may at any time redeem all or part of the Notes, upon not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to
the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date). 
  

	6.	Repurchase upon a Change of Control or Special Mandatory Redemption Event. 

 Subject to
certain exceptions contained in the Indenture, the Company must commence, within 30 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control, and consummate an Offer to Purchase for all Notes, at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus
accrued interest, if any, to the Payment Date pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
 In the event that a Special
Mandatory Redemption Event occurs, the Company will make a Special Mandatory Redemption at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price. 
  

	7.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange. 

 The Notes are in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Note Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Note Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of a Note or portion
of a Note selected for redemption (except, in the 

  
 Ex. 1-7 

 
case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Note or portion of a Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15
days before an Interest Payment Date. 
  

	8.	Persons Deemed Owners. 

 A registered Holder may be treated as the owner of a Note for
all purposes. 
  

	9.	Unclaimed Money. 

 Subject to any laws relating to abandoned property, if money for the
payment of principal (premium, if any) or interest remains unclaimed for one year, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company on an Company Request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust.
After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall cease. 

 

	10.	Discharge and Defeasance Prior to Redemption or Maturity. 

 Subject to satisfaction of
conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of their obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company irrevocably deposit with the Trustee cash or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination
thereof sufficient for the payment of the then outstanding principal of and interest on the Notes to redemption or Stated Maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	11.	Amendment; Supplement; Waiver. 

 Subject to certain exceptions (including, without
limitation, with respect to the Special Mandatory Redemption provisions set forth in Section 11.10 of the Indenture), the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the
Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to,
among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency and make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect. 
  

	12.	Covenants. 

 The Indenture contains certain covenants, including covenants with respect
to the following matters: (i) reports by the Company and the Guarantor; (ii) consolidations, mergers and sales; (iii) restrictions on creation of secured debt; (iv) restriction of sale and leaseback transaction; and
(v) purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control. 
  

	13.	Successor Persons. 

 When a successor Person or other entity assumes all the obligations
of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, the predecessor Person shall be released from those obligations, subject to certain exceptions. 

  
 Ex. 1-8 

	14.	Remedies for Events of Default. 

 If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture,
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may declare all Outstanding Notes to be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy
or insolvency with respect to the Company or the Guarantor occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become immediately due and payable. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of
Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security
satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense. Subject to certain restrictions, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. 
  

	15.	Guarantee. 

 The Company’s obligations under the Notes are unconditionally
guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by the Guarantor. 
  

	16.	Trustee Dealings with Company. 

 The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or
any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for, and otherwise deal with, the Company and any of their Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee. 

 

	17.	Authentication. 

 This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the
certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	18.	Abbreviations. 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

 

	19.	CUSIP Numbers. 

 Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy
of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the serial or other identification numbers placed thereon. 

  
 Ex. 1-9 

	20.	Holders’ Compliance with the Registration Rights Agreement. 

 Each Holder of a Note,
by acceptance hereof, acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, including the obligations of the Holders with respect to a registration and the indemnification of the Company to the extent provided therein. 

 

	21.	Governing Law. 

 THIS SECURITY AND THE INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 22. Copies of Documents. The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written
request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 Anixter International
Inc. 
 2301 Patriot Blvd. 

Glenview, Illinois 60026 

Facsimile: (224) 521-8990 

with a copy to: 
 Schiff Hardin
LLP 
 233 South Wacker Drive 

Suite 6600 
 Chicago, Illinois
60606 

  
 Ex. 1-10 

 EXHIBIT 2 

to Rule 144A / Regulation S Appendix 

ASSIGNMENT/TRANSFER FORM 
 To assign and transfer
this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

							
	I or we assign and transfer this Note to	 	  

		 	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
	
	  

	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)
	
	and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may
substitute another to act for him.

  

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		  	Your Signature:	  	  

		 		 		  		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.)

 In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date which is the date following the expiration of the
applicable holding period set forth in Rule 144(d) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of this Note, the undersigned confirms that it has not utilized any general solicitation or general advertising in
connection with such transfer, is making such transfer in accordance with the applicable securities laws of the States of the United States and other jurisdictions and is making such transfer pursuant to one of the following: 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 
  

					
	 ̈	  	(1)	  	to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; or
			
	 ̈	  	(2)	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or
			
	 ̈	  	(3)	  	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom
notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; or
			
	 ̈	  	(4)	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act; or
			
	 ̈	  	(5)	  	pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee shall refuse to register the Note evidenced by this certificate in the name of
any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5) is checked, the Trustee shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any such transfer of this Note, such legal opinions, certifications
and other information as the Company have reasonably requested 

  
 Ex. 2-1 

 
to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption provided
by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

					
	  
	 		 	
	Signature	 		 	
			
	Signature Guarantee:	 		 	
			
	  
	 		 	  

	Signature must be guaranteed	 		 	Signature

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition
to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Ex. 2-2 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

							
	Date:                     	 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	Notice: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 Ex. 2-3 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE A - INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of

decrease in
 Principal
amount
 of this Global Note
	 	 Amount of increase

in Principal
 amount of
this
 Global Note
	 	 Principal amount

of this Global Note

following such
 decrease
or
 increase
	 	 Signature of

authorized officer
 of
Trustee or Notes
 Custodian

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  
 Ex. 2-4 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 11.09 of the Indenture, check the box below: 

[    ] Section 11.09 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 11.09 of the Indenture, state the amount
in principal amount: $ 
  

					
	Date:                    	 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.)

  

					
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar,
which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Ex. 2-5 

 EXHIBIT 3 

to Rule 144A / Regulation S Appendix 

FORM OF NON-U.S. BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP 

CERTIFICATION BY EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM 

[Date] 
 Wells Fargo Corporate Trust-DAPS Reorg

 6th & Marquette Ave 12th Floor 

MAC N9303-121 
 Minneapolis, MN 55479 

Phone: 1-800-344-5128 
 Fax: 1-866-969-1290 

Email: dapsreorg@wellsfargo.com 

Re:     5.50% Senior Notes Due 2023 (the “Notes”) of Anixter Inc. (the “Company”) 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 18, 2015 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the
“Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantor named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture. 

This is to certify with respect to $         principal amount of the Notes that, except as set forth
below, we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission, from member organizations appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a portion of such principal amount (our “Member Organizations”)
certifications with respect to such portion, that such portion is beneficially owned by (a) non-U.S. person(s) or (b) U.S. person(s) who purchased the portion beneficially owned by such U.S. person(s) in transactions that did not require
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). As used in this paragraph the term “U.S. person” has the meaning given to it by Regulation S under the Act. 

We further certify: 

(i) that we are not making available herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, exercise of any rights or collection of any
interest) any portion of the Regulation S Global Note excepted in such certifications; and 
 (ii) that as of the date hereof
we have not received any notification from any of our Member Organizations to the effect that the statements made by such Member Organizations with respect to any portion of the part submitted herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, exercise of any
rights or collection of any interest) are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as the date hereof. 
 We understand that this
certification is required in connection with certain securities laws of the United States. In connection therewith, if administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certification is or would be
relevant, we irrevocably authorize you or the Company to produce this certification to any interested party in such proceedings. 

  
 Ex. 3-1 

 Dated:             , 20     

 

			
	Yours faithfully,
	
	[Euroclear or Clearstream Luxembourg]
		
	By:	 	  

  
 Ex. 3-3 

 EXHIBIT A 

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]1 

 
  

	1 	[If the Note is to be issued in global form add the Global Notes Legend from Exhibit 1 to Appendix A and the attachment from such Exhibit 1 captioned “[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] SCHEDULE A - INCREASES OR
DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE.”] 

  
 Ex. A-1 

			
	No.                     	  	$            
		  	  
 CUSIP:

 5.50% Senior Notes Due 2023 

Anixter Inc., a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally promise to pay to
                    , or registered assigns, the principal sum of         Dollars (or such greater or lesser
amount as may be indicated on Schedule A hereto) on March 1, 2023. 
 Interest Payment Dates: March 1 and September 1. 

Record Dates: February 15 and August 15. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

Dated: [            ], 20[    ] 

  
 Ex. A-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

Dated: [            ], 20[    ] 

 

			
	ANIXTER INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 Ex. A-3 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 

    as Trustee 
 certifies that this is one of
the Notes referred to in the Indenture. 
  

			
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory
	
	Dated:                     

  
 Ex. B-1 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 

5.50% Senior Notes Due 2023 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture. 

 

	1.	Principal and Interest. 

 Anixter Inc. (the “Company”) shall pay the principal
of this Note on March 1, 2023. 
 The Company promises to pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the principal amount of this
Note on each Interest Payment Date, as set forth below, at the rate of 5.50% per annum (subject to adjustment as provided below). 

Interest, and Additional Interest, if any, shall be payable semi-annually (to the Holders of the Notes at the close of business on
February 15 or August 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date) in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing [            ], 20[    ]. 

The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 18, 2015, among the Company, the
Guarantor and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representative of the several Initial Purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including with respect to Additional Interest.1 

Interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on this Note shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on this
Note or the Note surrendered in exchange herefor or, if no interest has been paid, from August 18, 2015; provided that, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and if this Note is authenticated between a Regular Record
Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest and Additional
Interest, if any, to the extent lawful, at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the Notes. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment. 

 The Company shall pay interest (except defaulted interest) on the
principal amount of the Notes on each March 1 and September 1 to the Persons who are Holders (as reflected in the Note Register at the close of business on February 15 and August 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment
Date), in each case, even if the Note is transferred or exchanged after such Regular Record Date, except as provided in Section 3.07 of the Indenture with respect to Defaulted Interest; provided that, with respect to the payment of
principal, the Company shall make payment to the Holder that surrenders this Note to any Paying Agent on or after March 1, 2023. 
 The
Company shall pay principal (premium, if any) and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the 

 

	1 	 Insert if at the date of issuance of the Exchange Note any Registration Default has occurred with respect to the related Initial Notes during the
interest period in which such date of issuance occurs. 

  
 Ex. B-2 

 
Company may pay principal (premium, if any) and interest by their check payable in such money. The Company may pay interest on the Notes by mailing a check for such interest to a Holder’s
registered address (as reflected in the Note Register); provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, with respect to Notes represented by one or more permanent global Notes registered in the
name of or held by the Depositary or its nominee shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. If a payment date is a date other than a Business Day at a place of payment,
payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Note Registrar. 

 Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the
“Trustee”), shall act as Paying Agent and Note Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Note Registrar upon written notice thereto and without notice to the Holders. The Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or any Affiliate
of any of them may act as Paying Agent, Note Registrar or co-registrar. 
  

	4.	Indenture. 

 The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 18,
2015 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to
all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the
Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall control. 
 The Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not
limit the aggregate principal amount of the Notes. Subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company may issue Additional Notes. 
  

	5.	Redemption. 

 The Company may at any time redeem all or part of the Notes, upon not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to
the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date). 
  

	6.	Repurchase upon a Change of Control or Special Mandatory Redemption Event. 

 Subject to
certain exceptions contained in the Indenture, the Company must commence, within 30 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control, and consummate an Offer to Purchase for all Notes, at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount,
plus accrued interest, if any, to the Payment Date pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
 In the event that a
Special Mandatory Redemption Event occurs, the Company will make a Special Mandatory Redemption at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price. 

  
 Ex. B-3 

	7.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange. 

 The Notes are in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Note Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Note Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of a Note or portion of a Note selected
for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Note or portion of a Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days before an Interest
Payment Date. 
  

	8.	Persons Deemed Owners. 

 A registered Holder may be treated as the owner of a Note for
all purposes. 
  

	9.	Unclaimed Money. 

 Subject to any laws relating to abandoned property, if money for the
payment of principal (premium, if any) or interest remains unclaimed for one year, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company on an Company Request (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust.
After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall cease. 

 

	10.	Discharge and Defeasance Prior to Redemption or Maturity. 

 Subject to satisfaction of
conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of their obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company irrevocably deposit with the Trustee cash or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination
thereof sufficient for the payment of the then outstanding principal of and interest on the Notes to redemption or Stated Maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	11.	Amendment; Supplement; Waiver. 

 Subject to certain exceptions (including, without
limitation, with respect to the Special Mandatory Redemption provisions set forth in Section 11.10 of the Indenture), the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the
Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to,
among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency and make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect. 
  

	12.	Covenants. 

 The Indenture contains certain covenants, including covenants with respect
to the following matters: (i) reports by the Company and the Guarantor; (ii) consolidations, mergers and sales; (iii) restrictions on creation of secured debt; (iv) restriction of sale and leaseback transaction; and
(v) purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control. 

  
 Ex. B-4 

	13.	Successor Persons. 

 When a successor Person or other entity assumes all the obligations
of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, the predecessor Person shall be released from those obligations, subject to certain exceptions. 
  

	14.	Remedies for Events of Default. 

 If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture,
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may declare all Outstanding Notes to be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy
or insolvency with respect to the Company or the Guarantor occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become immediately due and payable. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of
Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security
satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense. Subject to certain restrictions, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. 
  

	15.	Subsidiary Guarantees. 

 The Company’s obligations under the Notes are
unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by the Guarantor. 
  

	16.	Trustee Dealings with Company. 

 The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or
any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for, and otherwise deal with, the Company and any of their Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee. 

 

	17.	Authentication. 

 This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the
certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	18.	Abbreviations. 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

 

	19.	CUSIP Numbers. 

 Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy
of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

  
 Ex. B-5 

	20.	Holders’ Compliance with the Registration Rights Agreement. 

 Each Holder of a Note,
by acceptance hereof, acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, including the obligations of the Holders with respect to a registration and the indemnification of the Company to the extent provided therein. 

 

	21.	Governing Law. 

 THIS SECURITY AND THE INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

  
 Ex. B-6 

 ASSIGNMENT/TRANSFER FORM 

To assign and transfer this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

					
	I or we assign and transfer this Note to	 	  

		 	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
	
	  

	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)
	
	and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent
may substitute another to act for him.

  

											
	Date:	 	  
	 		 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.)

  
 Ex. B-7 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 11.09 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box
below: 
 [    ] Section 11.09 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 11.09 of the Indenture, state the amount
in principal amount: $         
  

							
	Date:                    	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.)

  

					
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  
	 	
	                     (Signature must be guaranteed)

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition
to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Ex. B-8

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00248-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00248-of-00352.parquet"}]]